DSR
DSR
DSR
1938 1
|ÉÉÊvÉEÞòiÉ |ÉEòɶÉxÉ
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ÊVɱ½þÉ {ÉÊ®ú¹ÉnùÉ ´É {ÉÆSÉɪÉiÉ ºÉʨÉiªÉÉ, OÉɨÉ{ÉÆSÉɪÉiÉÒ, xÉMÉ®ú{ÉÊ®ú¹ÉnùÉ, |ÉÉlÉʨÉEò ʶÉIÉhÉ +ÉÊhÉ ºlÉÉÊxÉEò ÊxÉvÉÒ ±ÉäJÉÉ{É®ÒúIÉÉ
+ÊvÉÊxÉªÉ¨É ªÉÉÆJÉɱÉÒ±É (¦ÉÉMÉ SÉÉ®ú-¤É ¨ÉvªÉä |ÉʺÉrù Eò®úhªÉÉiÉ +ɱÉä±Éä +Énäù¶É ´É +ÊvɺÉÚSÉxÉÉ ªÉÉÆ´ªÉÊiÉÊ®úCiÉ)
+Énäù¶É ´É +ÊvɺÉÚSÉxÉÉ.
(1)
SCHEDULE A
Amaravati Amaravati
Akola
Aurangabad Nanded-Waghala
Aurangabad
Parabhani
Latur
Pune Kolhapur
Solapur
SangaliMirajKupawad
Nashik Jalgaon
Ahamadnagar
Dhule
Malegaon
4 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
PART I
ADMINISTRATION
i)Title-These regulations shall be called as “Development Control and Promotion Regulations for
D Class Municipal Corporations in Maharashtra”
ii) Extent: These regulations shall apply to the areas within the jurisdiction of the D class
Municipal Corporations and Aurangabad Municipal Corporation, excluding the Municipal
Corporations inMumbai Metropolitan Region.
iii) All development work shall conform to the respective provisions made under these
regulations. If there is any conflict between the requirements of these regulations and those of any
other rules or bye-laws, these regulations shall prevail.
iv)Commencement: These regulations shall come into force from the date of publication of
notification in Official Gazette and these shall replace all existing building bylaws and
development control rules.
v)Savings - Not withstanding anything contained herein, any permission granted or any action
taken under the regulations in force prior to these regulations shall be valid and continue to be so
valid, unless otherwise specified in these regulations.
Provided that, permissions granted earlier shall be eligible for renewal as per the provisions of the
Act.
Provided further that, the words ‘action taken’ in this regulation shall also include the issuance of
demand note for granting the development permission.
2.0 DEFINITIONS-
2.1 General
In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, the definitions given hereunder shall
have meaning indicated against each of them.
2.2 Words and expressions which are not defined in these Regulations shall have the same meaning or
sense as in the -
i) The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966,
ii) Maharashtra Municipal Corporation Act, and
iii) National Building Code (2005 or amended from time to time)
2.4 Authority - Authority means Municipal Commissioner of the Corporation or an officer authorised
by him, unless otherwise specified.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 5
2.5 Alteration :- Any change in existing authorized building or change from one occupancy to
another, or a structural change, such as an addition to the area or height, or the removal of part of a
building, or any change to the structure, such as the construction of, cutting into or removal of any
wall, partition, column, beam, joist, floor, roof or other support or a change to or closing of any
required means of ingress or egress or a change to the fixtures of equipment as provided under
these regulations. However modification in regards to gardening, white washing, painting,
plastering, pointing, paving and retiling shall not be deemed to be alteration.
2.6 Advertising Sign: - Any surface of structure with characters, letters or illustrations applied
thereto and displayed in any manner whatsoever outdoor for purposes of advertising or to give
information regarding or to attract the public to any place, forpublic performance, article or
merchandise whatsoever, or is attached to, or forms a part of building, or is connected with any
building or is fixed to a tree or to the ground or to any pole, screen, fence or hoarding or displayed
in space.
2.8 Accessory Building:-A building separate from the main building on a plot and containing one or
more rooms for accessory use such as servant quarters, garage, store rooms etc.
2.9 Accessory / Ancillary Use:-Any use of the premises subordinate to the principal use and
incidental to the principal use.
2.10 Amenity Space:-amenity space means a statutory spaceprovided under the provision of these
regulationsin any layout to be used for any of theamenities specified in these regulations.
2.12 Architect: - An Architect is a person registered with Council of Architecture as per Architects
Act, 1972 as an Architect.
2.13 Atrium - Atrium means a sky lighted, naturally/mechanically ventilated area in buildings, with no
intermediate floors, used as circulation space or entrance foyer.
2.14 Balcony :- A Horizontal projection cantilever or otherwise shown in the figure below, including
parapet and handrail balustrade to serve as a passage or sitting out place atleast one side fully
open, except provided with railing or parapet wall for safety.
6 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
2.15 Basement: - The lower storey of a building below or partly below the ground level.
2.16 Building:-Any structure for whatsoever purpose and of whatsoever materials constructed and
every part thereof whether used as human habitation or not and includes foundation, plinth, walls,
floors, roofs, chimneys, wells, door steps, fencing, plumbing and building services, fixed -
platforms, verandas, balcony; cornice or projection, part of a building or anything affixed thereto
or any wall fence enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space and signs and outdoor display
structures. However, tents, shamianas and the tarpaulin shelters erected for temporary and
ceremonial occasions with the permission of the Authority shall not be considered as building.
2.17 Built up Area:-The area covered by a building on all floors including cantilevered portion,
mezzanine floors, if any, but accepting the areas excluded specifically from FSI under these
Regulations.
2.18 Building Line:-The line upto which the plinth of a building adjoining a street or an extension of a
street or on a future street may lawfully extend.
2.19 Building Height :- The vertical distance measured in the case of flat roofs, from the average
level of the ground around and contiguous to the building or as decided by the Authority to the
terrace of last liveable floor of the building adjacent to the external walls; to the highest point of
the building and in the case of pitched roofs, up to the point where the external surface of the outer
wall intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof; and in the case of gable facing road, the
mid-point between the eaves level and the ridge. Architectural features serving no other function
except that of decoration shall be excluded for the purpose of measuring heights.
2.20 “Builder/Developer” Means the person who is legally empowered to construct or to execute
work on a building unit, building or structure and / or land development, or where no person is
empowered, the owner of the building unit, building or structure.
2.21 Cabin:- A non - residential enclosure constructed of non - load bearing, non-masonry partitions
having area not exceeding 3.00 sq.m.
2.22 Carpet Area:-Means the net usable floor area of an apartment, excluding the area covered by the
external walls, areas under services shafts, exclusive balcony or veranda area and exclusive open
terrace area, but includes the area covered by the internal partition walls of the apartment.
Explanation – For the purpose of this clause, the expression “exclusive balcony or veranda area”
means the area of the balcony or veranda, as the case may be, which is appurtenant to the net
usable floor area of an apartment, meant for the exclusive use of the allottee; and “exclusive open
terrace area” means the area of open terrace which is appurtenant to the net usable floor area of an
apartment, meant for the exclusive use of the allottee;
2.23 Chajja: - A sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over openings on external
walls to provide protection from sun and rain and for purpose of architectural appearance.
2.24 Chimney:-An upright shaft containing one or more flues provided for the conveyance to the outer
air of any product of combustion resulting from the operation of heat producing appliance or
equipment employing solid, liquid or gaseous fuel.
2.25 Combustible Material:- A material, if it burns or adds heat to a fire when tested for
combustibility in accordance with IS - 3808 - 1966 Method of Test for combustibility of building
materials, National Building Code.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 7
2.26 Control Line:-A line on either side of a highway or part of highway beyond the building line
fixed in respect of such highway by the Highway Authority.
2.27 Courtyard or Chowk:- A space permanently open to sky enclosed on sides fully or partially by
buildings and may be at ground level or any other level within or adjacent to a building.
2.29 Congested area:- means the congested area as shown on the Development Plan.
2.30 Convenience Shopping:-Means shops for domestic needs each with a carpet area not exceeding
10 sq.mt.
2.31 Corridor:- means a common passage or circulation space including a common entrance hall.
2.32 Detached Building:- A building whose walls and roofs are independent of any other building
with open space on all sides as specified.
2.33 Development :- Development with its grammatical variations means the carrying out of buildings,
engineering, mining or other operations in, or over, or under, land or the making of any material
change, in any building or land or in the use of any building or land or any material or structural
change in any Heritage building or its precinct and includes demolition of any existing building,
structure or erection of part of such building, structure of erection and reclamation, redevelopment
and layout or sub-division of any land and to develop shall be construed accordingly.
2.34 Development Plan:-“Development Plan” means a plan for the development or the area within the
jurisdiction of a Planning Authority and includes revision of a development plan and proposals of
a special planning Authority for development of land within its jurisdictions.
2.35 Drain:- means a system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories, such as manholes,
inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for the drainage of building, or number of
building or yards appurtenant to the buildings within the same cartilage. A drain shall also include
open channel for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any liquid.
2.36 Dwelling Unit /Tenement:-An independent housing unit with separate facilities for living,
cooking and sanitary requirements.
2.37 Density:-The residential density expressed in terms of the number of dwelling units per hectare.
2.38 Enclosed Stair- case:- A stair case separated by fire resistant walls and door (s) from the rest of
the building.
2.39 Existing Building or use:- A building, structure or its use existing authorisedly.
2.40 Exit:- A passage, channel or means of egress from any building, storeys or floor area to a street or
other open space of safety.
2.41 Vertical Exit:-A vertical exit is a means of exit used for ascension or dissension between two or
more levels including stairways, smoke proof towers, ramps, escalators and fire escapes.
2.42 Horizontal Exit:- A horizontal exit is protected opening through or around a firewall or a bridge
connecting two buildings.
8 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
2.43 Outside Exit:- An outside exit is an exit from the building to public way, to an open area leading
to public way, to an enclosed fire resistive passage to a public way.
2.44 External Wall:-An outer wall of a building not being a party wall even though adjoining to a wall
of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior open space of any building.
2.45 Escalator:-A power driven, inclined, continuous stairway used for raising or lowering passengers.
2.46 Floor:- The lower surface in a story on which one normally walks in a building. The general term
floor unless otherwise specifically mentioned shall not refer to a mezzanine floor.
Note:- The sequential numbering of floor shall be determined by its relation to the determining
entrance level. For floor at or wholly above ground level the lowest floor in the building with
direct entrance from / to road or street shall be termed as ground floor. The other floors above
ground floor shall be numbered in sequence as Floor 1, Floor 2, etc., with number increasing
upwards.
2.47 Floor space index (F. S. I):- The quotient obtained by dividing the total covered area (plinth area)
on all floors, excluding exempted areas as given in Regulation No.26.9 by the area of the plot.
F.S.I. = Total covered areas on all floors
Plot area
2.48 Footing:-A foundation unit constructed in brick work, masonry or concrete under the base of a
wall or column for the purpose of distributing the load over a large area.
2.49 Foundation:-That part of the structure which is in direct contact with an transmitting loads to the
ground.
2.50 Front:- The space between the boundary line of plot abutting the means of access / road / street
and the building line. In case of plots facing two or more means of accesses / roads / streets, the
plot shall be deemed to front on all such means of access / road / streets.
2.51 Gallery:- An intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium of a hall
providing extra floor area, additional seating accommodation etc. These shall also include the
structures provided for seating in stadia.
2.52 Garage-Private:- A building or portion thereof designed and used for parking of private owned
motor driven or other vehicles.
2.53 Garage-Public :-A building or portion thereof designed as other than a private garage, operated
for gain, designed or used for repairing, servicing, hiring, selling or storing or parking motor
driven or other vehicles
2.54 Group Housing Scheme:- Group housing scheme means a building or a group of buildings
constructed or to be constructed with one or more floors, consisting of more than one dwelling
units and having common service facilities. Common service facilities means facilities like stair
case, balcony, corridor, and veranda, lift, etc.
2.56 Habitable Room:- Habitable room or living room means, a room constructed or intended for
human habitation
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 9
2.57 Home Occupation:- Customary home occupation other than the conduct of an eating or a
drinking place offering services to the general public, customarily carried out by a member of the
family residing on the premises without employing hired labour, and for which there is no display
to indicate from the exterior of the building that it is being utilized in whole or in part for any
purpose other than a residential or dwelling use, and in connection with which no article or service
is sold or exhibited for sale except that which is produced therein, which shall be non-hazardous
and not affecting the safety of the inhabitants of the building and the neighbourhood and provided
that no mechanical equipment is used except that as is customarily used for purely domestic or
household purposes and / or employing licensable goods. If motive power is used, the total
electricity load should not exceed 0.75 KW. Home Occupation may also include such similar
occupations as may be specified by the Commissioner with the approval with the approval of
Director of Town Planning and subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.
2.59 Layout Open Space / Recreational Open Space:- Shall mean a statutory common open space
kept in any layout exclusive of margins and approaches, at a height not more than ground level of
the building unit.
2.60 Ledge or Tand: - A shelf like projection, supported in any manner whatsoever, except by vertical
supports within a room itself but not having projection wider than half meter.
2.62 Licensed Technical Persons:-means a qualified Engineer, Structural Engineer, and Supervisor
etc. licensed by the Commissioner / appropriate authority.
2.63 Lift:- An appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or more levels in a
vertical or substantially vertical directions, by means of a guided car platform.
2.64 Lift Machine:- Part of the lift equipment comprising the motor(s) and the control gear there with,
reduction gear (if any), brakes and winding drum or sheave, by which the lift car is raised or
lowered.
2.65 Lift Well:- Unobstructed space within an enclosure provided for the vertical movement of the lift
car(s) and any counter weights, including the lift pit and the space for top clearance.
2.66 Loft:- Shall mean, an intermediate floor between two floors which is constructed for storage
purpose and as defined in Regulation No.41.5.1
2.67 Laying out of New Street:-Includes provision of road for levelling, formation, metalling or paving
of a road and footpaths, etc. including layout of the services such as water supply, drainage, etc.
2.69 Marginal distance/ Set back:-Minimum distance required to be left open to sky between
boundary of the building plot and the building excluding court yard/chowk, which is an integral
part of the plot.
10 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
2.70 Masonry:- An assemblage of masonry units properly bound together with mortar.
2.71 Mezzanine floor:- An intermediate floor between two floors of any story, forming an integral
part of floor below, overhanging or overlooking a floor beneath, not being a loft between the floor
and ceiling of any storey.
2.72 Means of Access:-These shall include the road/ street/ vehicular access way, pathway upto the
plot and to the building within a plot as defined in Regulation No. 23.0
2.73 Net plot area: The net plot area shall be as defined in Regulation No.24.9
2.74 Non -Combustible Material:- A material which does not burn nor add heat to a fire when tested
for combustibility in accordance with IS: 3808 - 1966 'Method of Test for Combustibility of
Building Materials'.
2.75 Non-conforming User: -Any lawful use / building existed on the site but which does not conform
to the zoning shown on the Development Plan.
2.76 Occupancy or Use Group :-The principal occupancy or use for which a building or a part of a
building is used, or intended to be used, for the purposes of classification of a building according
to the occupancy, an occupancy shall be deemed to include subsidiary occupancies which are
contingent upon it. Buildings with mixed occupancies are those buildings in which more than one
occupancy are present in different portions of the building. The occupancy classification shall
have the meaning given from 2.76.1 to 2.76.12 unless otherwise spelt out in Development Plan.
2.76.1 Assembly Buildings:-These shall include any building or part of building where groups of
people congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel and
similar purposes, e.g. theatres, motion picture house, drive-in-theatres, multiplexes, assembly
halls, city halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition halls, museums, mangalkaryalaya, cultural centre,
skating rinks, places of worship, dance theatres, club & gymkhana, passenger stations and
terminals of air, surface and other public transportation services, recreation piers and stadia.
2.76.2 Business Buildings:-These shall include any building or part of building, which is used for
transaction of business for the keeping of accounts and records for similar purposes; offices,
banks, professional establishments, I.T. establishments, call centre, offices for private
entrepreneurs, court houses, libraries shall be classified in this group in so far as principal function
of these is transaction of public business and the keeping of books and records.
2.76.3 Educational Buildings :- A building exclusively used for a school or college recognized by the
appropriate Board or University, or any other competent authority involving assembly for
instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational use, and including a building for such
other users incidental thereto such as library, coaching class or a research institution. It shall also
include quarters for essential staff required to reside in the premises and a building used as a
hostel attached to an educational institution situated in its campus and, also includes day care
purposes more than 8 hours per week.
2.76.4 Hazardous Buildings :-These shall include any building or: part of a building which is used for
the storage, handling, manufacture or processing of highly combustible or explosive materials or
products which are liable to burn with extreme rapidity and / or which may produce poisonous
gases or explosions during storage, handling, manufacturing or processing, which involve highly
corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids or other liquids or chemicals producing flames, fumes
and explosive, mixtures of dust or which result in the division of matter into fine particles subject
to spontaneous ignition.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 11
2.76.5 Industrial Buildings:-These shall include any building or part of a building or structure, in
which products or materials of all kinds and properties are fabricated assembled or processed like
assembling plants, laboratories, power plants, smoke houses, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies,
factories etc.
2.76.7 Mercantile Buildings:-These shall include any building or part of a building, which is
predominantly used as shops, stores, market, malls for display and sale of merchandise either
wholesale or retail, office, storage and service facilities incidental to the sale of merchandise and
located in the same building shall be included under this group.
2.76.8 Office Building / Premises:-The premises whose sole or principal use is to be used as an office or
for office purpose; "office purposes" shall include the purpose of administration, clerical work,
handling money, telephone/ telegraph/ computer operations and "clerical work" shall include
writing, book-keeping, sorting papers, typing, filing, duplicating, drawing of matter for
publication and the editorial preparation of matter for publication.
2.76.10 Residential Buildings:-These shall include any building in which sleeping accommodation is
provided for normal residential purposes with or without cooking or dining or both facilities. It
includes one or two or multi-family dwellings, lodging or rooming houses, residential hotels,
hostels, dormitories, dharmshalas, apartment houses, flats, service apartment, studio apartment
and private garages incidental thereto.
2.76.11 Storage Buildings :-These shall include any building or part of a building used primarily for the
storage or sheltering of goods, wares or merchandise, like ware houses, cold storage, freight
depots, transit sheds, godowns, store houses, public garages, hangars, truck terminals, grain
elevators, barns and stables.
2.77 Owner:-The person who has legal title for land or building.
2.78 Parapet: - A low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof, terraces, balcony, verandah etc.
2.79 Parking Space:- An enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open area sufficient in size to park
vehicles. Parking space shall be served by a driveway connecting them with a street or alley and
permitting ingress or egress of vehicles.
12 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
2.80 Permit / Permission: - A permission or authorization in writing by the Authority to carry out the
work regulated by these Regulations.
2.81 Plinth: -The portion of a structure between the surface of the surrounding ground and surface of
the floor immediately above the ground.
2.82 Plot / Site:-A parcel or piece of land enclosed by definite boundaries and approved by an
authority as a building site, under these Regulations.
2.83 Pandals/Shamiyanas:- means a temporary structure with roof or walls made of canvas, cloth
other like material which is not adopted for permanent or continuous occupancy.
2.84 Podium:-A continuous projecting base or pedestrial under or around the building, generally used
for parking and movement of vehicle within the permissible area asspecified inRegulation.
2.85 Porch: -A covered surface supported on pillars or otherwise for the purpose of pedestrian or
vehicular approach to a building.
2.86 Road / Street:- Any highway, street, lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway, carriageway,
footway, square place or bridge, whether a thoroughfare or not, over which the public have a right
of passage or access or have passed and had access uninterruptedly for a specified period, whether
existing or proposed in any scheme, and includes all bunds, channels, ditches, storm-water drains,
culverts, sidewalks, traffic islands, roadside trees and hedges, retaining walls, fences, barriers and
railings within the street lines.
2.87 Road / Street Line:- The line defining the side limit of a road / street.
2.88 Room Height:-The vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to the finished
ceiling/ slab surface. In case of pitched roofs, the room height shall be the average height between
bottom of the eaves and bottom of ridge.
2.89 Row Housing:-A row of houses with only front, rear open spaces.
2.90 Semi Detached Building: -A building detached on three sides with open spaces as specified.
2.91 Site corner:- The side at the junctions of and fronting on two or more intersecting streets.
2.92 Site, Depth of:- The mean horizontal distance between the front and rear side boundaries.
2.93 Site, Double Frontage:-A site, having a frontage on two streets other than a corner plot.
2.94 Site, Interior or Tandem:-A site, access to which is by a passage from a street whether such
passage forms part of the site or not.
2.95 Smoke Stop Door:- A door for preventing or checking the spread of smoke from one area to
another.
2.97 Stair Cover:-A structure with a covering roof over a stair case and its landing built to enclose
only the stair for the purpose of providing protection from weather and not used for human
habitation.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 13
2.98 Stilts or Stilt Floor:- Stilts or stilt floor means portion of a building above ground level consisting
of structural column supporting the super structure with at least two sides open for the purpose of
parking vehicles, scooters, cycles, etc.
2.101 Storey:-The portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the surface of the
floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space between any floor and the
ceiling next above it.
2.102 Service Floor:-Means a floor generally provided in multi-storied buildings and especially in
starred hotels where from services like water supply, sewerage disposal system, electricity etc. are
co-ordinated/maintained. Height of such floor shall not be more than 1.8m. from floor level to
soffit of outer beam and shall not be counted in FSI.
2.103 Stall:- means a small shop, floor area of which does not exceed 5.0sqm.
2.105 Terrace:- A flat open to sky roof of a building or a part of a building having parapet.
2.107 Travel Distance:-The distance from the remotest point on a floor of a building to a place
of safety, be it a vertical exit, horizontal exit or an outside exit measured along the line of travel.
2.108 Tower like structure:- A structure in which the height of the tower like portion is at least twice
the width of the broader base.
2.109 Unsafe Building:-Unsafe buildings are those which are structurally unsafe, unsanitary or not
provided with adequate means of ingress or egress which constitute a fire hazard or are otherwise
dangerous to human life or which in relation to existing use constitute a hazard to safety or health
or public welfare, by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment.
2.110 Veranda :- A covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the exception of 1 m.
high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side.
2.111 Water Closet (WC):-A privy with arrangement for flushing the pan with water. It does not
include a bathroom.
2.112 Water Course:-A natural channel or an artificial one formed by draining or diversion of a natural
channel meant for carrying storm and waste water.
2.113 Width of Road: - The whole extent of space within the boundaries of road when applied to a
new road, as laid down in the city surveys map or development plan or prescribed road lines by
any Act or Law and measured at right angles to the course or intended course of direction of such
road whichever is more.
14 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
2.114 Window:- An opening to the outside other than the door which provides all or part of
the required natural light, ventilation or both, to the interior space.
3.5 Reconstruction -
The reconstruction, in whole or part of a building which has ceased to exist due to an accidental
fire, natural collapse or demolition, having been declared unsafe, or which is likely to be
demolished by or under an order of the Municipal Corporation and for which the necessary
certificate has been given by the said Municipal Corporation, shall be allowed subject to the
provisions in these Regulations.
4.0 INTERPRETATION
4.1 In these Regulations, the use of present tense includes the future tense, the masculine gender
includes the feminine and the neutral, the singular number includes the plural and the plural
includes the singular. The word "person" includes a corporation/company, “writing" includes
"printing and typing" and "signature'' includes thumb impression made by a person who cannot
write if his name is written near such thumb impression or digital signature in case of e
submissions.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 15
4.2 Whenever sizes and dimensions of rooms and spaces within buildings are specified, they shall
meanclear dimensions unless otherwise specified in these Regulations. However, sizes and
dimensionsmay not be disputed with reference to finished/unfinished surfaces unless it differs
overall dimensions of the building.
6.1 Application/ notice: Every person who intends to carry out development and erect, re-erect or
make alterations in any place in a building or demolish any building, shall give notice/submit
application in writing through registered Architect/ Engineer/Structural Engineer/ Supervisor shall
be registered / licensed to the Authority of his said intention in the prescribed form (See Appendix
A1 or A2 ) and such notice /applicationshall be accompanied by the following requirements and
plans wherever necessary.
Minimum four copies of plans and statements shall be made available along with the notice.
In case of building schemes, where clearance is required from other agencies like Fire Services
and other, number of copies of plans required shall be as decided by the Municipal Commissioner.
The plans may be submitted in the form of soft copy as may be specified by the Municipal
Commissionerfrom time to time.
a) Key Plan or Location Plan:-The key plan drawn to a scale of not less than 1:10000 shall be
submitted along with the application for a building permit and Commencement Certificate
showing the boundary and locations of the site with respect to neighbourhood landmarks or with
respect to the areawithin a radius of 200 meters from the site whichever is more
b) Site Plan: -The site plan shall be submitted with an application for building permission drawn
to a scale of 1:500 or more. This plan shall be based on the measurement plan duly authenticated
by the appropriate officer of the Department of Land Records. This plan shall have following
details-
i) The boundaries of the site and of any contiguous land belonging to the neighbouring owners;
ii) The position of the site in relation to neighbouring streets ;
iii) The name of the street, if any, from which the building is proposed to derive access;
iv) All existing buildings contained in the site with their names (where the buildings are given
names);
v) The position of the building and of other buildings, if any, which the applicant intends to
erect, upon his contiguous land referred to in (i) above in relation to;
a)The boundaries of the site and, in a case where the site has been partitioned, the boundaries
of the portions owned by others;
b)All adjacent streets, buildings (with number of storeys and height) and premises within a
distance of 12 m. of the work site and of the contiguous land (if any) referred to in (i),
vi) The means of access from the street to the building and to all other buildings (if any) which
the applicant intends to erect upon.
vii) The space to be left around the building to secure free circulation of air, admission of light
and access.
viii) The width of the street (if any) in front and the street (if any) at the side or near the building,
including proposed roads;
ix) The direction of the north line relative to the plan of the building;
x) Any existing physical features, such as wells, tanks, drains, pipe lines, high tension line,
railway line, trees, etc.;
xi) The ground area of the whole property and the break-up of the covered area on each floor;
xii) A plan indicating parking spaces as required and provided under these Regulations;
xiii) Overhead electric supply lines, if any, including space for electrical transformer / substation
according to the requirements of the electric distribution company,
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 17
c) Sub - Division/ Layout Plan:- In the case of development of land, the notice shall be
accompanied by the sub -division/ layout plan which shall be drawn to a scale of not less than
1 : 500, however, for layout having areas 4.0 ha. and above, the plan shall be drawn at a scale of
not less than 1:1000, containing the following:-
(a) Scale used and north point;
(b) The location of all proposed and existing roads with their existing /proposed widths within
the land;
® Dimension of plots;
(d) The location of drains, sewers, public facilities and services, electrical lines, natural
watercourses, water bodies and streams etc.
® Table indicating size, area and use of all plots in the sub-division/ layout plan;
(f) The statement indicating the total area of the site, area utilized under roads, recreational open
spaces, amenity spaces, playground, recreation spaces and development plan
reservations/roads, schools, shopping and other public places along with their percentage
with reference to the total area of the site proposed to be sub-divided / laid out;
(g) In case of plots which are sub-divided in built-up areas, in addition to the above, the means
of access to the sub-division from existing streets;
(h) Contour plan of site, wherever necessary.
e) Service Plan:- Plans, elevations and sections of water / grey-water supply, sewage disposal
system and details of building services, where required by the Municipal Commissioner, shall be
made available to a scale not less than 1:100 and for layouts 1:1000.
v) include sectional drawings showing clearly the size of the footings, thickness of basement
wall, wall construction size and spacing of framing members, floors, slabs, roof slabs with
the materials. The section shall indicate the height of the building, rooms and parapet,
drainage and slope of the roof. At least one section should be taken through the staircase
provided further that the structure plan giving details of all structural elements and materials
used along with structural calculations shall be submitted separately but in any circumstances
before the issue of the building permit or commencement certificate;
vi) include sectional drawings of the building showing all sectional details including staircase.
vii) showall street elevations.
viii) give dimensions of the projected portion beyond the permissible building line.
ix) include terrace plan indicating the drainage and the slope of the roof.
x) give indication of the north line relative to the plan.
xi) give dimensions and details of doors, windows and ventilators.
xii) give such other particulars as may be required to explain the proposal.
b) Security Deposit Fee:- For ensuring the faithful compliance of regulations and the directions
given in the sanctioned plan and other terms and conditions, a security fee shall be charged at rates
as specified by the Commissioner. The same shall be returned to the owner after the issue of the
full occupancy certificate for the building by the Commissioner.
e) Tax receipt for tax clearance: -The notice shall also be accompanied by the attested copy of a
tax receipt from the Assessment Department of the Municipal Corporation for payment of Tax up
to date.
In case of building identified in Regulation No.6.2.2.(g)the building scheme shall also be cleared
by the Fire Officer of the Municipal Corporationor in absence of such officer from the Directorate
of Maharashtra StateFire Services.
6.2.5 Supervision
The notice /applicationshall be further accompanied by a certificate of supervision in the
prescribed form as given in Appendix B, by a licensed Architect/ Engineer/ Structural Engineer,
as the case may be. In the event of the said licensed technical personnel ceasing to be employed
for the development work, further development work shall stand suspended till a new licensed
technical person is appointed.
1. A0 841 X 1189
2. A1 594 X 841
3. A2 420 X 594
4. A3 297 X 420
5. A4 210 X 297
TABLE NO. 2
COLOURING OF PLANS
S. Item Site Plan Building Plan
No. White Plan Ammonia White Plan Ammonia Print
Print
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1 Plot lines Thick Black Thick Black Thick Black Thick Black
2 Existing Green Green ..... .....
street
3 Future street, Green Green dotted ..... .....
if any dotted
4 Permissible Thick dotted Thick dotted ..... .....
building lines black Black
5 Existing work Black Blue Black Blue
(Outline)
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 21
6.4 Signing of the Plan – All the plans shall be duly signed by the owner, co-owner, if any, and the
Architect or Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor and shall indicate his name,
address and license number allotted by the Commissioner
6.5 Qualification and Competence of the Architect / Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer/
Supervisor: Architect/ Engineer/Structural Engineer/ Supervisor shall be registered / licensed by
the Commissioner as competent to plan and carry out various works as given in Appendix- C.
The qualification and procedure for registration and licensing of the Engineer / Structural
Engineer / Supervisor / shall be as given inAppendix- C. Architects registered with council of
architecture shall not be required to register with the Municipal Corporation
ii) The building plans for buildings identified in Regulation no.6.2.2.g shall also be subject to the
scrutiny of the Chief Fire Officer, of the Municipal Corporation and the sanction / development
permission shall be issued by the Municipal Commissioner after the clearance from the Chief Fire
Officerof the Municipal Corporation. In absence of such Officer in corporation, clearance of
Director of Fire Services, Maharashtra State shall be necessary.
iii) In case of land subdivision or plotted layout, tentative layout shall be approved for
demarcation at first instance. After having demarcated the layout by the Land Records
Department, the owner shall submit the demarcated layout for final approval to the Municipal
22 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
i)The Commencement certificate/development permission shall remain valid for 4 years in the
aggregate but shall have to be renewed every year from the date of its issue. The application for
renewal shall be made before expiry of one year if the work is not already commenced. Such
renewal can be done for three consecutive terms of one year after which proposals shall have to be
submitted to obtain development permission afresh. If application for renewal is made after expiry
of the stipulated period during which commencement certificate is valid, then the Commissioner
may condone the delay for submission of application for renewal by charging necessary fees; but
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 23
in any case, commencement certificate shall not be renewed beyond 4 years from the date of
commencement certificate/ development permission. Provided that no such renewal shall be
necessary if the work is commenced within the period of valid permission.
ii) For the purpose of this regulation, "Commencement" shall mean as under:-
For bridges and overhead tanks Foundation and work up to the base floor under
construction ground floor.
iii) In case of land subdivision / group housing schemes, it shall be the responsibility of the owner
/developer to construct all infrastructure including roads with asphalting, storm water drains,
sewer lines, water supply lines, development of recreational open spaces etc. In case of land
subdivision, these works shall generally be completed within two years and phase wise building
permission shall be granted depending upon the percentage of infrastructure work completed. The
layout plots should be released for construction in stages according to infrastructure work
completed. The condition to that effect shall be incorporated in the commencement certificate. In
case of group housing scheme, these works shall be completed before completion of the project
and occupancy certificate shall be granted phase wise as per completion of infrastructure work.
Only after handing over roads and infrastructure to the corporation after completion of scheme,
the responsibility of maintenance shall lie with the corporation in such cases these roads shall be
treated as public road. Otherwise internal roads and infrastructures in the group housing scheme
shall be maintained by the owner / society.
10.1 Owner / Architect / Developer / Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor or any licensed
Technical persons’ liability:-
Neither granting of the development permission nor the approval of the drawings and
specifications, nor the inspections, made by the Commissioner during erection of the building
shall, in any way relieve the Owner / Architect / Developer / Engineer / Structural Engineer /
Supervisor or any licensed technical person, of such building from full responsibility for carrying
out the work in accordance with the requirements of these regulations. Every owner shall,Permit
the Authority to enter the building or premises for which the permission has been granted at any
reasonable time for the purpose of enforcing these Regulations.
b) A copy of the approved drawings and specifications referred to in Regulation no.7.0 on the site
in respect of which the development permission was issued.
ii)Display board mentioning name of the owner, name of architects, name of structural engineer,
details as per approved plan, except for small individual plot holders
10.3 Checking of plinth, columns upto plinth level- The owner through his licensed surveyor,
engineer, structural engineer or supervisor or his architect, as the case may be, shall give notice in
the form of Appendix-F to the Commissioner on completion of work upto plinth level and where
there is no plinth, construction above general ground level upto 0.60 m.to enable and ensure that
the work conforms to the sanctioned plans. The Commissioner may inspect the work jointly with
the licensed technical personnel or architect within 15 (fifteen) days from the receipt of such
notice and either grantor refuse permission for further construction as per the sanctioned plans in
the form in Appendix -G. If within this period, the permission is not refused it shall be deemed to
have been granted, provided the work is carried out strictly according to the sanctioned plans.
10.5 Completion certificate:-The owner through his licensed surveyor / engineer / structural engineer/
supervisor or his architect, as the case may be, who has supervised the construction, shall furnish a
building completion certificate to the Commissioner in the form in Appendix-H This certificate
shall be accompanied by three sets of plans of the completed development
10.6 Occupancy certificate:-The Commissioner after inspection of the work and after satisfying
himself that there is no deviation from the sanctioned plans, issue an occupancy certificate in the
form in Appendix-I or refuse to sanction the occupancy certificate in Appendix - Jwithin 21 days
from the date of receipt of the said completion certificate, failing which the work shall be deemed
to have been approved for occupation, provided the construction conforms to the sanctioned plans.
One set of plans, certified by the Commissioner, shall be returned to the owner alongwith the
occupancy certificate. Where the occupancy certificate is refused or rejected, the reasons for
refusal or rejection shall be given in intimation of the rejection or the refusal
In case of building identified in Regulation No.6.2.2.g, the occupancy certificate shall be issued by
the Municipal Commissioner, only after the clearance from the Chief Fire Officer, regarding the
completion of the work from fire protection point of view.
10.7 Part occupancy certificate:- When requested by the holder of the development permission, the
Commissioner may issue a part occupancy certificate for a building or part thereof, before
completion of the entire work, as per development permission, provided sufficient precautionary
measures are taken by the holder to ensure public safety and health. The occupancy certificate
shall be subject to the owners indemnifying the Commissioner in the form in Appendix- K
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 25
11.0 Inspection:-
The Commissioner shall have the power to carry out inspection of the work under the provisions
of the Act, at various stages to ascertain whether the work is proceeding as per the provisions of
regulations and sanctioned plan.
All unsafe buildings shall be considered to constitute danger to public safety and hygiene and
sanitation and shall be restored by repairs or demolished or dealt with as otherwise directed by the
Municipal Commissioner. The redevelopment of such building shall be as per provisions
mentioned in these regulations.
As per the provisions of Section 58 of The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966
the office in-charge of the Government Department shall inform in writing to the Authority of the
intention to carry out its purpose along with details of such development or construction as
specified below :-
a) An official letter by the authorized officer of Government Department addressed to the
Authority, giving full particulars of the development work or any operational construction.
b) Ownership document and measurement plan issued by the Competent Authority of Land
Records Department.
c) Development / building plans conforming to the provisions of Development Plan and these
Regulations for the proposed development work to the scale specified in these Regulations.
d) The proposals of the Development Plan or Town Planning Scheme affecting the land.
e) A Site Plan (in required no of copies) of the area proposed to be developed to the scale.
f) Detailed plan (of required copies) showing the plan, sections and elevations of the proposed
development work to the scale ,including existing building specifying either to be retained or to be
demolished.
a) Railway;
b) National Highway;
c) National Waterway;
d) Airway and Aerodromes and Major Ports
e) Posts and Telegraphs, Telephones, Wireless, Broadcasting and other like forms of
Communication;
f) Regional grid for electricity;
g) Defence Authorities and
h) Any other services which the State Government may, if it is of opinion that the operation,
maintenance, development for execution of such services are essential to the life of the
community, by notification in the Official Gazette, declare to be a service for the purpose of this
regulation.
All such constructions shall, however, conform to the prescribed requirements for the provision of
essential services, water supply connections, drains, etc. to the satisfaction of the Commissioner.
However, the following constructions of the Government Departments do not come under the
purview of operational construction for the purpose of exemption.
i) New residential building (other than gate lodges, quarters for limited essential operational staff
and the like), roads and drains in railway colonies, hospitals, clubs, institutes and schools in case
of railways; and
ii) A new building, new construction or new installation or any extension thereof, in case of any
other services.
However, no permission shall be necessary for the following works:-
i) The carrying out of works in compliance with any order or direction made by any authority
under any law for the time being in force.
ii) The carrying out of work by any Authority in exercise of its powers under any law for time
being in force.
iii) The carrying out of any works by the Central or State Government or any local authority
a) required for the maintenance or improvement of highway, road or public street, works being
carried out on land within the boundaries of such highway, road or public street;
b) required the purpose of inspecting, repairing or renewing any drains, sewers mains, pipes,
cable, telephone or cables, or any other apparatus including the breaking open of any street, or
other land for the purpose.
Provided that, the concerned authority shall inform the local authority, in writing, one month
before carrying out such development.
iv) For the excavation (including wells) made in the ordinary course of agricultural operation.
v) For the construction of a road intended to give access to land solely for agricultural purpose.
vi) For normal use of land which has been used temporarily for other purposes like marriage
pandals or for festive occasions; and
vii) In case of land, normally used for one purpose and occasionally used for any other purpose,
such occasional use of land for that other purpose.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 27
The Municipal Commissioner may amend the Appendices A to K(except Appendix C) in these
regulations, as and when necessary.
20.0 Any aspect not covered in these regulations or in particular the planning, design and construction
of building and its appurtenant services shall be done to the satisfaction of Municipal
Commissioner. The NBC shall be reference document for conformity regarding the various
aspects. The latest version to the NBC shall be referred at the time of enforcement of these
regulations.
21.0 CLARIFICATION
If any question or dispute arises with regards to interpretation of any of these regulations, the
matter shall be referred to the Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, who after
considering the matter and after giving hearing to the parties, if necessary, shall give a decision on
the interpretation of the provisions of these Regulations. The decision of the Director of Town
Planning, Maharashtra State, on the interpretation of these Regulations, shall be final and binding
on the concerned party or parties.
********
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 29
PART II
GENERAL LAND DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS
a)if the Authority considers that the site is insanitary, incapable of being well drained or it is
dangerous to construct a building on it;
b) if the site is within a distance of 9 m. from the edge of water mark of a minor water course (like
nallah) and 15 m. from the edge of water mark of a major water course (like river, water body)
shown on Development Plan or village/city survey map or otherwise, provided that where a minor
water course passes through a low lying land without any well-defined banks, the owner of the
property may be permitted by the Commissioner to restrict and or to re-align the same within the
same land, along with cross section as determined by the Municipal Commissioner without
changing the position of the inlet and outlet of the water course. In such case marginal open space
shall be atleast 4.50 m. from the edge of the trained nala.
c)if the owner of the building has not proposed appropriate measures required to safeguard the
construction from constantly getting damp to the satisfaction of the Municipal Commissioner.
d)if the use of the site is for the purpose, which in the opinion of the Municipal Commissioner will
be a source of annoyance to the health and comfort of the inhabitants of the neighbourhood;
e)if the proposed occupancy of the building on the site does not conform to the land use proposals
in the development plans or Zoning Regulations,
[
f)if the level of the site is less than prescribed datum level depending on topography and drainage
aspects.
g)if it doesn’t derive access from an authorised street/means of access described in these
Regulations,
h) if it is within the river/lake boundary and blue flood line of the river (prohibitive zone), unless
otherwise specified
i) if the site is not developable in view of provisions of Coastal Regulation Zone, as per
Notification Dt. 06/01/2011, as may be amended from time to time.
j) if the site is not developable by virtue of restrictions imposed under any law or guidelines of any
Government Department.
k)if the site is hilly and having gradient more than 1:5.
Table No. 3
Voltage Lines Vertically(Meters) Horizontally(Meters)
Low and medium voltage Lines 2.50 1.20
and service lines. service lines Service Lines
High voltage lines up to and 3.70 2.00
including 33,000 V 3.7 2.0 including 33,000 V.
Extra High voltage lines 3.70 2.00
beyond 33,000 V 3.7 2.0 V
(Plus 0.3 m. for every additional 33,000 including 33,000 V.
or part thereof)
Note-The minimum clearance specified above shall be measured from maximum sag for
vertical clearance and from maximum deflection due to wind pressure for horizontal clearance.
Provided further that redevelopment of the existing authorised properties within river bank and
blue flood line, may be permitted at a height of 0.45 m. above red flood line level subject to NOC
from Irrigation Department.
ii) Area between blue flood line and red flood line shall be restrictive zone for the purposes of
construction. The construction within this area may be permitted at a height of 0.45 m. above the
red flood line level.
iii) If the area between the river bank and blue flood line or red flood line forms the part of the
entire plot in developable zone i.e. residential, commercial, public-semi-public, industrial, then,
FSI of this part of land may be allowed to be utilised on remaining land.
iv) The blue and red flood line shown on the development plan shall stand modified as and when
it is modified by the Irrigation Department for a stretch of water course. In such case it will be
necessary to issue order to that effect by the Municipal Commissioner.
22.4 Development within 30 m. from Railway boundary
For any construction within 30 m. from railway boundary, No Objection Certificate from Railway
Authority shall be necessary.
A service road of 12 m. wide shall be provided along State and National Highways on both sides.
These service roads may not be provided in piecemeal where authorized development /
construction have already taken place without the provisions of service road.
22.7 Development within 500 M. From the Jail Premises.
The developments around the jail premises shall be governed by Maharashtra Prison Manual
(Prison Building and Health Management) Rule, 2015 prepared under the provisions of the
Maharashtra Prison Act, 1984 and as amended by the Government from time to time.
22.8 Distances from land fill sites.
For any residential development, segregating distance from the land fill site shall be observed as
specified under Solid Waste Management Rules in force from time to time or as specified by
Competent Authority.
The minimum width of access / layout road / internal road in any development proposal other than
residential (for commercial/industrial use) shall be as given in Table No. 4 (a).
Note - 1)The means of access shall be clear of required marginal open spaces from the existing
building line. In no case, development on plots shall be permitted unless it is accessible by the
authorized public street existing prior to coming in to force of these Regulations or road from the
layout sanctioned prior to these Regulations.
Note - 2)For layout or part of layout where plots of 50 sq.m. or less are proposed for Economical
Weaker Sections (EWS), 4.5 wide road of length upto 60 m. and 6 m. wide road of length upto
100 m. maybe permitted so that EWS plots shall abut on both sides of such 6 m. wide road.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 33
In case of group housing schemes minimum width of internal means of access shall be as under
Table No.4(b )
MEANS OF ACCESS
Sr.no. Length of Mean of Access in m. Width of Means of Access in m.
i Upto 150 7.50
ii Above 150 and upto300 9.00
iii Above 300and upto 600 12.00
iv Above 600 15.00
Note 1-In case group housing scheme, building is proposed as mentioned in Regulation No.
6.2.2.g then such plot shall abut on minimum road width of 12 m.
Note 2- It shall be necessary to provide through roads, in group housing scheme of area more than
2 Hector, so as to coordinate the adjoining major road link (15 m and above) or give way to new
road link for adjoining area. The road width required for such road link shall be as per Table no.4
such obligation of providing new road link of 15m width shall not be necessary where adjoining
layout road of 15m or more is being co-ordinated. This shall not bar coordination of smaller width
roads approaching from adjoining area, if owner so desires. Further the authority may insist on co-
ordination of smaller width road from adjoining area, if required from planning point-of-view.
D)Pathways: In case of group housing scheme / campus planning, a pedestrian approach to the
buildings from road / street / internal means of access wherever necessary, shall be through paved
pathway of width not less than 3.0, 4.5m., provided its length measured from farthest building is
not more than 60m and 100m., respectively from the main /internal means of access. If the length
is more than 100m., then regular street as provided in Table No. 4 (b) shall be necessary. The
marginal distances shall not be required from such pathways, however, distance between two
buildings shall be maintained.
24.2.1 The length of means of access shall be determined by the distance from the farthest plot (building)
to the public street. The length of the subsidiary access way shall be measured from the point of its
origin to the next wider road on which it meets.
24.2.2 In the interest of general development of an area, the Commissioner may require the mean of
access to be of larger width than that required under Regulation No. 24.2
24.2.3 While granting the development permission for land sub-division or group housing/campus
planning, it shall be necessary to coordinate the roads in the adjoining lands subject to provisions
mentioned in Regulation No.24.2.C (Note No 2).
24.2.4 In case where a private passage is unrestrictedly used by public for more than 10 years as a means
of access of width not less than 9 m. to a numbers of plots, the Commissioner may take steps
including improvement under, the provision of relevant Act to declare it as a public street.
24.2.5 In congested areas in the case of plots facing street / means of access less than 4.5 m. in width the
plot boundary shall be shifted to be away by 2.25 m. from the centre line of the street/ means of
access to give rise to a new street / means of access of width of 4.5 m. clear from the structural
projections.
24.2.6 Means of access shall be levelled, metalled, flagged, paved, sewered, drained, channelled, lighted,
laid with water supply line and provided with trees for shade (wherever necessary) to the
34 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
satisfaction of the Authority, free of encroachment and shall be maintained in a condition to the
satisfaction of the Commissioner.
24.2.7 If any private street or any other means of access to a building is not constructed &maintained as
specified above, the authority may by written notice require the owner or owners of the several
premises fronting or adjoining the said street or other means of access or abutting thereon or to
which access is obtained through such street or other means of access or which shall benefit by
works executed to carry out any or more of the aforesaid requirements in such manner and within
such time as the authority shall direct. If the owner or owners fail to comply with this direction,
the authority may arrange for its execution and recover the expenses incurred from the owner/
owners.
24.2.8 Cul-de-sacs
b) In addition to the provisions of Regulation No.23.0, Cul-de-sacs giving access to plots and
extending upto 150 m. normally and 275 m. maximum with an additional turning space at 150 m.
will be allowed only in residential area, provided that Cul-de-sacs would be permissible only on
straight roads and further provided that cul-de-sacs ends shall be higher in level than the level of
starting point. The turning space, in any case shall be not less than 81 sq. m. in area with no
dimension being less than 9 m.
24.2.9 Means of access to Special Buildings of regulation no 6.2.2(g)-
a) The width of the main street on which the Plot abuts shall not be less than 12 m. and one end of
this street shall join another street of width not less than 12 m. in width .
b) The open spaces on its all sides shall be minimum of 6 m. width or as per Regulation No. 26.2.4
whichever is more and the layout for the same shall be approved in consultation with the Fire
Officer, Municipal Corporation and the same shall be of hard surface capable of taking the weight
of fire engine. The said open space shall be kept free of obstructions and shall be motorable.
c) Main entrances to the plot shall be of adequate width to allow easy access to the fire engine and
in no case it shall measure less than 4.5 m. The entrance gate shall fold back against the
compound wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way within the plot free for
movement of fire service vehicles. If main entrance at boundary wall is built over, the minimum
clearance shall be 4.5 m.
24.2.11 Whenever called upon by the planning authority to do so, areas under roads shall be handed over
to the planning authority by way of deed after development of the same for which nominal amount
of Re 1/- shall be paid by the planning authority.
For junctions of road meetings at less than 60 degree, the rounding off or cut or similar treatment
shall have tangent length of U and V from the intersections point as shown in fig 2. The tangent
length at obtuse angle junction shall be equal to half the width of the road from which the vehicle
enters as shown in fig 2.Provided however, that the radius for the junction rounding shall not be
less than 6 m.
24.3 Recreational open spaces:
In any layout or subdivision or any development of land for any use/zone, admeasuring 0.20 Ha.
or more after deducting D.P.Road and reservation area, if any, 10% of the land underlayout or
subdivision shall be reserved as recreational open space which shall as far as possible be provided
in one place. In case of land admeasuring more than 0.8 hector,recreational open space may be
allowed to be left at different locations in the same layout.
24.3.1 Provided further that,
i) If the area under subdivision/layout is less than 0.20 hect, the recreational open space may not
be insisted, however 10% area of the land under layout shall not be considered for computation of
FSI. The basic FSI of such subdivided plot shall be restricted to 90% of basic FSI as mention in
table no 11.
ii) No such open space shall be necessary in case of layout or subdivision of plots from already
sanctioned layout by the Planning Authority where the requisite recreational open space has
already been left in the sanctioned layout.
iii)In case of development of land for educational purpose, 40% of the gross area (or as decided by
the Government from time to time) shall be earmarked for playground which shall be inclusive of
10% recreational open space. Notwithstanding anything contained in this rule, the shape and
location of such open space shall be such that it can be properly utilized as playground. Provided
that, FSI of such playground shall be available on rest of the plot area.
iv)Provided further that no such open space shall be necessary for development of the reservations
in the development plans designated for the purpose other than residential.
36 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
v) Provide further that no such open space shall be necessary for development of users mentioned
in Regulation No. 25.6 with restriction on permissible FSI upto 0.2.
24.3.2 The owner shall have to give an undertaking that the recreational open space shall be for the
common use of all the residents or occupants of the layout / building unit.
a) On sanction of the development permission, the recreational open space shall deem to have
vested in the society/association of the residents/occupants. In case such society or association is
to be formed, the possession/custody of recreational open space shall remain with the
Commissioner until such association/society is formed. In case of group housing scheme, if the
developer/owner intend to develop such open space for bonafide use of resident, then the
Commissioner may allow the same while granting the development permission. The recreational
open space shall not be sold/leased out to any other person and it shall not be put to any other user
except for the common use of residents / occupants.
b) If the Municipal Commissioner is convinced that there is misuse of open spaces; in such case
the Municipal Commissioner shall take over the land of recreational open space.
24.3.3 No permission shall be granted to delete / reduce open spaces of the existing sanctioned layout /
subdivision. However, while revising the layout, such recreational open space may be rearranged
without decrease in area subject to minimum prescribed area under these Regulations with the
consent of plot / tenement holders / co-owners; but such revision of recreational open space area
shall ordinarily not be allowed after a period of 4 years from the first sanction.
24.3.4 The open spaces shall be exclusive of roads, streets, means of accesses ,internal roads,
designations or reservations in development plan roads and areas for road widening
24.3.5 No such recreational open spaces shall admeasure less than 200 sq. m.
24.3.6 Such recreational open space may be allowed to be left in green belt area shown on the
development plan, excluding 15 m. width along river bank and 6 m. along nala, provided such
recreational space is sizable.
Provided that, structures and uses permissible as per Regulation No.24.3.8 shall not be allowed in
such open spaces.
24.3.7 Minimum dimensions -The minimum dimensions of such recreational open space shall be not
less than 10mt. and if the average width of such recreational open space is less than 20mt. the
length thereof shall not exceed 2 ½ times the average width.
24.3.8 Structure and uses which can be permitted free of FSI in the recreational open spaces shall be as
under:
i) The maximum permissible built up area shall be 15 % of recreational open space, out of which
10% built up area shall be allowed on ground floor and remaining 5% can be permitted on 1 stfloor.
ii) The structures used for the purpose of pavilion or gymnasia or club house or vipashyana and
yoga centre or crèche or kindergarten or library or water tank, or other structures for the purpose
of sports and recreation activity may be permitted.
iii) A swimming pool may also be permitted in such a recreational open space. The ownership of
such structures and other appurtenant users shall vest in all the owners on account of whose
cumulative holdings; the recreational open space is required to be kept in the land.
iv) The proposal for theconstruction, if any, shall come from the owner/s, owners’ society /
societies or federation of owners’ societies and shall be meant for the beneficial use of the owners
/ members of such society / societies / federation of societies. The owners’ society / societies, the
federation of the owners’ societies shall submit to the Commissioner, a registered undertaking
agreeing to these conditions while obtaining permission for the above said construction.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 37
v) The remaining area of the recreational open space shall be kept open to sky and properly
accessible to all members as a place of recreation, garden or a playground.
24.3.9 Every plot meant for a recreational open space shall have an independent means of access. In case
of group housing scheme, if such recreational open space is surrounded by buildings and is meant
for use by the occupants of those buildings, then independent means of access may not be insisted.
In layout or subdivision or any development of land admeasuring 1.00 hect. and more, after
deducting D.P.road and reservation area, if any,5% of the area of land under subdivision shall be
earmarked as Amenity space which shall as far as possible be provided in one place.
Provided that in case of conversion from Industrial to Residential zone, Amenity space as required
under Regulation No. 25.4.2 along with conditions shall be applicable.
Provided further that, this regulation shall not be applicable where entire development permission
is for amenities specified in definition of amenity space. Provided further that this regulation shall
also not be applicable for revision of earlier sanctioned development permissions where no such
amenity space is provided in earlier sanctioned development permission.
However, if some amenity space is left in the earlier permission, then quantum of such
amenity space in the revised permission -
i)shall be limited to the area left in earlier permission.
ii) shall not be reduced even though area of such amenity space is more than what is specified in
this regulation.
Uses in Amenity Space provided under Regulation No. 24.4
The area earmarked for amenity space shall be developed for uses such as open spaces, parks
recreational grounds, playgrounds, sports complex, gardens, convenience shopping, parking lots,
primary and secondary schools, nursery, health club, sub post-office, police station, electric
substation, ATM of banks, electronic cyber library, open market, garbage bin, water supply,
electricity supply and includes other utilities, services and conveniences. Any other use not
mentioned above may be allowed in consultation with Director of Town Planning M.S.Pune.
1 Plot above 2000 sq.m. and less than 2.0 hectare- One single transformer sub-station of the size
of 5m.x5m. and height of not more than 5m.
2 Layout or sub-division of a plot measuring 2 .0 ha. or more - A suitable site for an electric sub-
station (11kv/33kv/110kv.) as decided by the Commissioner.
38 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
Provided that the sub-station is constructed in such a manner that it is away from main building at
a distance of atleast 3 mt. and in general does not affect the required side marginal distances or
prescribed width or internal access or larger open space or as may be decided by the
Commissioner.
24.6 a)Minimum Plot area, plot width for various uses:
Minimum plot areas for various uses shall be as given in Table No.5 below -
Table No.5
MINIMUM PLOT AREA, PLOT WIDTH FOR VARIOUS USES
Sr. No Uses Plot area (in Min. Plot Width Type of
sq.mt.) Development
1 2 3 4 5
(e)unless the relocation is within area covered by the layout or development permission under
sanction; and
(f) if the reservation is already shifted under these regulations.
(g)if the land is reserved in view of its geographical location like Bio-Diversity Proposal, Nala
training reservation etc.
Provided further that, relocation of the reservation from a land may also be permitted on
any land within 200 meters belonging to other owner’s land if the other owner consents to such
relocation of reservation on his land and consents to hand over his land to the Planning Authority
where reservation is proposed to be relocated in lieu of TDR subject to conditions mentioned in
sub Regulation No. (d) and (f) above.
All such relocation of the reservations / alignment of roads shall be carried out in
consultation with the Divisional Head of concerned division of the Town Planning Department
and shall be reported by the Municipal Commissioner to the Government under intimation to the
Director of Town planning at the time of sanctioning the development permission. The
Development Plan shall deem to be modified to that extent.
*******
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 41
PART III
LAND USE CLASSIFICATION AND PERMISSIBLE USES.
25.0 GENERAL
(1) In case of Development / re-development of any land, building or premises, the intended use
shall conform to the land use zones, purpose of designation, allocation or reservation, as the case
may be, in the development plan, unless specified otherwise.
(2) Lawful existing non-conforming uses- Any lawful non-conforming use of premises existing
prior to the date of enforcement of these regulations, shall continue and may be allowed to be
expanded within the holding in the original sanction, unless in the opinion of the Municipal
Commissioner the activity poses danger to public safety and/or life and that when a building,
containing non-conforming use is pulled down or has fallen down, the use of the new building
shall be in conformity with these Regulations or with lawful existing use.
(3) Discontinuance of zoning in pursuance of existing use – If any private land is shown in
Public Semi-public / public utility, because of the activity existed there-on , such lands shall be
deemed to have been shown in the adjoining predominant zone after such activity ceases to exist
and thereupon, the development shall be permissible as per the adjoining predominant zone.
(4) Drafting error –Draftsman errors which are required to be corrected as per actual situation on
site or as per the city survey record or sanctioned layout etc. may be corrected by the Municipal
Commissioner, after due verification and with the approval of the Director of Town Planning,
Maharashtra State, Pune.
excess of 75 sq. m. per establishment and not employing more than 9 persons. Sugarcane and
fruit juice crushers not employing more than 6 persons with 1.5 H.P. with area not more than
25 sq.mt. shall also come under that sub - rule.
xxv) Trade or other similar schools not involving any danger of fire or explosion nor of offensive
noise, vibration, smoke, dust, odour, glare, heat or other objectionable influences;
xxvi) Repairing garages not employing more than 9 persons and 2 H.P. motive power in the
industrial activity with no floor above.
xxvii) Battery charging and repairing not employs more than 6 persons with an area not more than
25 sq.mt. and not more than 2 chargers with power not exceeding 5 KW.
xxviii)Photographic studios and laboratories with not more than 50 sq. m. area, not employing
more than 9 persons and not using power more than 3 H. P.
xxix) Showroom for Distribution and sale of LPG.
xxx) Coal and Firewood Shops.
xxxi) Polyclinics on separate floors, preferably ground floor, pathology laboratories.
xxxii) Residential Hotels, Boarding and Lodging shall be permitted in independent building or
parts of building, but on separate floors.
xxxiii)Book Depot, Medicine and chemist shops.
xxxiv) Business/ corporate office on any floor.
v) Bulk storage and sale of kerosene not exceeding 13000 litres in separate godowns
conforming to the existing regulations of Chief Controller of Explosives, Government of
India provided further that the applicant shall make adequate fire-fighting arrangements at his
cost in his plot to the entire satisfaction of the Municipal Commissioner.
vi) Storage and sale of LPG in cylinders not exceeding 100 kg. in showrooms / distribution
centre.
vii) Storage and sale of LPG in cylinders not exceeding 6300 kg in a separate godown
conforming to the existing regulations of Chief Controller of Explosives, Government of
India provided further that the applicant shall make adequate fire-fighting arrangements at his
cost in his plot to the entire satisfaction of the Municipal Commissioner.
viii) Parking of automobiles and other light vehicles on open plots even as a business.
ix) Vegetable, fruit, flour, fish or meat market place.
x) General Agriculture and Horticulture (including domestic poultry) upto the tune of 20 birds
per plot and with a space requirement of 0.25 sq. m. per bird.
xi) Correctional and mental institutions, institutions for the children, the aged or widows,
sanatoria and hospitals in independent building facing on roads of width not less than 12 m.
(except veterinary hospitals) provided that those principally for contagious diseases, the
insane or for correctional purposes shall be located not less than 45 m. from any residential
premises.
xii) Repairing garages not employing nor more than 9 persons or 1.5 KW motive power with no
floor above, with the permission of the Planning Authority.
xiii) Business offices on roads of 18m. width and more subject to the fulfilment of parking and
other requirements; except that balconies if any of such building shall not be free of F.S.I.
computation.
xiv) Residential hotels of lodging houses in independent buildings or parts of buildings or on upper
floors thereof with specials written permission of the Planning Authority, who will take into
account the suitability of the size and shape of the plot, means of access, water and sanitary
arrangements etc. before granting the permission. The Commissioner shall not permit such
use unless he is satisfied about the provision of these arrangements. Provided that, residential
hotels of 4 & 5 star categories may be allowed only in an independent plot of size not less
than 2,000 sq.mt. and on roads of 15 m. width or more. A hotel of lower star category being
allowed with minimum separate access of 12 meter and more.Provided further that,
development of residential hotels of the star categories shall be permitted by the
Commissioner, only after due approval from the Tourism Development Authority.
xv) Service Industries - The Service Industries may be permitted in independent Plot building
(independent designated plot) in R2 and Commercial zones along with the limitation of area,
maximum number of persons to be employed, maximum permissible power requirement and
the special conditions if any as given in Table No. 6 for service industries.
xvi) Any other use allowed in consultation with the Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State
in accordance with the intent and spirit of these Regulations.
Note: - Drive-in theatres, theatres, cinemas, club-houses, assembly or concert halls and such other
places of entertainment shall be allowed on roads having width exceeding 15m and more. These
uses may be permitted in combination with permissible non-residential uses except that of petrol
pump, with the special permission of the Planning Authority, however, in the case of a
cinema/theatre the front open space shall be minimum 12m. and the side and rear open spaces shall
not be less than 6m.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 47
Provided further that, in the case of development and/or re-development of a cinema/theatre the
user for a cinema/theatre may be permitted in combination with the permissible users in a
residential R-2 zone. However, residential user in combination with that of a cinema/theatre may
not be allowed in the same building.Provided further that, on plot/lands where there is an existing
cinema Theatres, redevelopment of the plots shall be allowed subject to the condition that at least
1/3rd of the existing seats shall be retained, which shall not be below 150 seats and may be
developed in combination with R2 zone uses.
i) Any industry / industries may be permitted only with the special permission of the
Municipal Commissioner who may grant it after such scrutiny as may be necessary to ensure that
the location is appropriate and is not likely to cause nuisance and hazard to adjoining owners.
Before granting any such permission, the Municipal Commissioner may prescribe special
condition about minimum size of plot and minimum buffer open spaces(including marginal
distance and road width if any)from the industrial building/ industrial use to residential or
habitable zone / use, which shall not however be less than 23 m.
ii) Building or premises in industrial zone may be used for any industrial and also accessory
uses like banks, canteens, welfare centre and such other common purposes considered necessary
for the industrial workers, except for any dwelling purpose other than quarters of watchmen,
caretakers or other essential staff required for maintenance of the premises. Such use may be
permitted up to 25% of the permissible FSI.
iii) Means of access, Minimum plot size, Permissible FSI, Additional FSI, Marginal distances etc.
shall be as mentioned in this Development control regulation.
25.4.2 Regulations for permitting Residential /commercial use in industrial zone (I to R Policy).
a)With previous approval of Municipal Commissioner in consultation with the Divisional Head of
concerned division of the Town Planning Directorate and on such conditions as deemed
appropriate by him, The existing or newly built-up area of Industrial unit, in the Industrial zone
may be permitted to be utilised for residential or commercial purposes.
b)With the previous approval of the Municipal Commissioner, in consultation with the Divisional
Head of Town Planning Directorate, The lands in the Industrial Zone including lands in industrial
zone in Town Planning Scheme area, may be utilised for any of the permissible users in the
Residential and Commercial Zone subject to the following conditions :
i) Such user shall be allowed only on payments of Premium at the rate 20 % of the land
value arrived as per Annual Statement of rates (without considering the guidelines therein) of the
respective year.
ii) The Residential/ Commercial user in respect of industries which are not in operation shall
not be permitted unless NOC from Labour Commissioner, Maharashtra State, Mumbai stating that
all legal dues have been paid to the workers or satisfactory arrangement between management and
workers have been made, is obtained.However, in respect of any open land in the Industrial Zone
where industry never existed, NOC from Labour Commissioner shall not be required.
iii)In the layout or sub-division of such land admeasuring upto 2 Ha., 10% land for public utilities
and amenities, like electric sub-station, bus-station, sub-post office, police out–post and such other
amenities/utilities as may be considered necessary shall be provided.
iv)In such layouts of sub-division having area more than 2 Ha. and upto 5 hect, 20% land shall be
provided for public utilities and amenities like electric sub-station, bus-station, sub- post office,
police out-post, garden, playground, school, dispensary and such other amenities/utilities as may
be considered necessary.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 49
v) In such layout or sub division each more than 5Ha. in area, 25% land for public utilities and
amenities like electric, sub-station, bus-station, sub-post office, police out post, garden,
playground, school dispensary and such other amenities shall be provided.
vi) With the special written permission of the Municipal Commissioner, The land having area
up to 0.20 hectare in size which are allocated for industrial use may be permitted to be used for
Residential purpose or any other permissible users in Residential Zone. Provided that, in such case
the owner / developer shall require to provide either by providing 10% amenity space in the form
of open land or 5% built up space in the proposed construction at appropriate location preferably
on ground floor. Provided that, amenity TDR as per regulation containing provisions of TDR, shall
be permissible.
vii) The land under public utility / amenity shall be handed over to the Planning Authority in
lieu of FSI / TDR with proper access and basic land development. These areas will be in addition
to the recreational space as required to be provided under these regulations.
Provided that, at least 50% of total land provided for public amenity/ utility space shall be
reserved for unbuildable purposes such as garden, recreational ground, etc.
Provided also thatirrespective of land use zone, where the provisions of Development Control
Regulations provide for amenity Space in Residential area which is more than what is stipulated in
these regulations, then Amenity Space which is more shall only be provided.
c)The required segregating distance between Industrial Zone and the area over which Residential
use is permitted under this regulation, shall be provided within such land intended to be used for
residential or commercial purpose.
d)Such residential or local commercial development shall be allowed within the permissible FSI of
the nearby Residential or Commercial Zone.
e)Provision for Amenity Spaces shall be considered to be reservations in the Development Plan
and Transferable Development Rights against such amenity as per Regulation No.40.0/Part IX may
be given or FSI of the same equivalent to the TDR quantum shall be available for utilisation on the
remaining land. Moreover, the owner shall be entitled to develop remaining land with permissible
TDR potential including the land under amenity space subject to maximum permissible limit of
FSI(Maximum Building Potential) as mentioned in Regulation No.26.3.
provided that,
i) Residential/Commercial user may be allowed on the part area of the land holding subject
to the condition that total area of the entire land holding shall be considered for deciding the
percentage of the land to be reserved for public amenity/ utility spaces, as per these regulations.
ii) If Development Plan Reservations (excluding DP Road/Road widening) are in the land
under I to R conversions, then such reservation may be adjusted in amenity space as mention in
following manner.
a) If the area under development plan reservation is less than the required area
of public amenity space as per the said regulation, then only the difference between
the area shall be provided for public amenity spaces.
b) If the area under development plan reservation is more than the required area of
public amenity spaces as per the said regulation, then the area for public amenity
spaces shall be provided equal to Development Plan reservation area.
50 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
iii) Out of the total area proposed to be utilised for residential development, 20% of the same
shall be built for residential tenements having built up area 30 sq.mt and upto 50 sq.m. or in the
plotted development, 20 % area shall be of plots upto 150 sq.m.
vi) While allowing such conversion minimum 20 % built up area shall be used for offices and
commercial purpose.
vii) The provision of inclusive housing as mentioned in regulation no.37 shall notbe
applicablewhile allowing such conversion.
a) Convenience shopping, branch of bank, small restaurants etc. shall be permitted. However,
hotels/shops for liquor, pan, cigarette, tobacco, lottery tickets and such other uses which do not
serve public purpose, similarly domestic gas, kerosene shops/ godowns which are dangerous to
public health shall not be permitted.
b) Additional F. S. I. shall be allowed only on the plot area remained after deducting the notional
plot area utilised for commercial user.
c) The Municipal Commissioner shall not allow sub - division of S. No. / Gat No. / Plot No. on
which such a Development which may cause/ has taken place/ would take place.
d) The retail commercial user is permitted upto a depth of 12 m. or in separate building
e) The plots in which there is an existing development; such commercial use shall be restricted to
maximum 15% of the existing and proposed development taken together.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 51
f) The landowner / developer / institution shall give guarantee in witting to the Municipal
Commissioner for following all the stipulated conditions scrupulously.
viii) Petrol/LPG/CNG Pumps shall be allowed subject to conditions mention in Regulation No.
25.6(xxvi)
ix)In case of lands owned by Zillaparishad and Panchayatsamiti, Government and semi-
government bodies and allocated in public and semi-public zone, the limit of such commercial user
shall be upto 33%
e. Except for minor dressing, hills and natural features, if any, shall be
maintained in their natural condition and beautified with planting of trees etc.
f. All trees already growing on the land shall be preserved to the extent
possible, except that if it becomes necessary to cut any tree, the required permission
of the Municipal Commissioner should be obtained under the law relevant Act. At
least 5 trees per 100 sq. m. shall be planted and grown within the area of the park.
g. Sufficient parking facilities and ancillary facilities for cars, buses, transport
vehicles etc. shall be provided on site as prescribed by and to the satisfaction of the
Municipal Commissioner.
h. The promoters of the project will prepare a suitable layout with appropriate
landscaping of the recreational and other facilities and obtain approval of the
Municipal Commissioner.
i. No objection certificate of the Tourism Department shall be obtained.
j. The development shall be regulated according to other requirements of
these and all applicable rules and Regulations and subject to all other clearances as
may be required.
k. Proper arrangements for safety, Regulations of traffic approaches to the
park etc. shall be made to the satisfaction of the Planning Authority and Police from
the law and order and traffic aspects.
vii) Pottery manufacture;
viii) Fish curing on open land/fish farming.
ix) Salt manufacture from sea water.
x) Public utility establishments such as electric sub-stations, receiving stations, switch yards,
over-head line corridors, radio and television stations, receiving stations, main stations for
public gas distribution, sewage treatment and disposal works, water works along with
residential quarters for essential staff for such works, with the special permission of the
Municipal Commissioner.
xi) Cemeteries and crematoria and structure incidental thereto.
xii) Structure for watchmen's quarters each not exceeding 20 sq. m.
xiii) IT/ITES Parks set up by public or private sector; subject to Regulation No. 27.7 of Part V.
xiv) Research and Development Institutions / Centres on following conditions:-
a. The area of land shall be minimum 10 hectare.
b. FSI permissible shall be maximum 0.20 on gross plot area after deducting
D.P.Road/ Reservation area if any.
c. Out of the total allowable FSI, FSI for staff Quarters shall not exceed 50%.
d. Total strength of the employees shall be limited to 10 per hect.
e.On 50% of plot area, trees shall be planted at the rate of 500 trees per hect.
f.Research and Development of hazardous chemical and explosives may be
permitted with the special permission of Municipal Commissioner which
may be granted after compliance of all safety measures and certification
from concerned Government Authorities.
xv) Development of Cinema and TV Film production, shooting, editing and recording studios
with its ancillary and supporting users, including construction of staff quarters, rest rooms,
canteens etc. subject to the following conditions:
a. The minimum plot area (necessarily under one ownership) shall not be less
than 2 hectares.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 53
b. The total permissible FSI shall not exceed 0.2 on gross plot area after
deducting Development Plan Road/ Reservation area if any.
c. Out of the permissible built up area equivalent to 0.2 FSI, built up areas for
ancillary and supporting users shall not exceed 1/3rd of permissible FSI
d. The construction shall be confined to 10% of the plot and the remaining plot
(excluding areas required for parking, roads etc.) shall be planted with trees
at the rate of 500 trees per hectare.
xvi) Users such as Educational Institutions, Medical Institutions, and Biotech units shall be
permitted in No Development Zone subject to the following conditions:-
a. Minimum area of plot shall be 0.40 hect.
b. Maximum FSI shall be 0.30 and as far as possible the development shall be at one
place of the total land.
c. Tree plantation shall be done at the rate of 500 Trees/Ha. on the remaining land
excluding the built-up area and the surrounding open space/utility space.
d. The maximum height of the building shall not exceed 15 mt.
e. Essential residential development for the staff/officer's accommodation shall be
permitted upto the extent of 33% of the permissible built-up area.
f. These uses shall be permitted in No Development Zone, within a distance of 3
km. from the adjoining developable zone.
g. Development in plots affected by CRZ area shall be permissible, subject to the
MoEF notification issued from time to time.
xvii) Fish farms, fish drying, storage of boats, servicing and repairs of boats.
xviii) Storage and drying of fertilizers.
xix) Brick, tile manufacture.
xx) Sand clay or gravel quarries.
xxi) Scrap Market with FSI of 0.20
xxii) Religious buildings and structures incidental thereto;
xxiii) Small agro based industries processing agricultural products like rice mills, poha factories
and other rural based service industries;
xxiv) Ancillary service industries for agriculture produce marketing and management, ancillary
service uses for agro related products like flowers, fruits, vegetables, poultry products,
marine products, related collection centres, auction hall, godowns, grading services and
packing units, knowledge parks, cold storages, utility services (like banking, insurance, post
office services) as service industries for agriculture produce marketing on the land owned
by individuals / organizations with FSI of 0.20.
xxv) Quarrying of stone, murum or earth including mechanized stone crushing or stone dressing
subject to conditions mentioned by the District Collector.
xxvi) Petrol Pump/LPG Pump/CNG Pump: Petrol Pump, LPG Pump, CNG Pump is
permissible in No Development Zone subject to following conditions:-
a) The minimum size of plot shall be,
i) 30.50 m x 16.75 m. in the case of Petrol/LPG/CNG Filling Station with kiosk without
service bay;
ii)36.50 m x 30.50 m. in the case of Petrol/LPG/CNG Filling Station with service bay.
b) Plot shall be located /fronting on National Highway, State Highway, Major District
54 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
Road, Other District Road or Village Road or other road with a minimum width of 12.00
m. or more.
c) Permission from Government of India, Petroleum Ministry and Chief Controller of
Explosives shall be necessary.
d) NOC from public works department and other related departments shall be obtained as
per the prevailing rules. Also regarding service road / building line / control line,
Government Resolution, Public Works Department, No. RBD-1081/ 871/Raste-7, dated
09 March 2001 and circulars issued in this regard from time to time shall be observed.
Instructions contained in Government of India, Ministry of Road Transport and
Highways letter dated 25/09/2003 and 17/10/2003 and its enclosures shall be observed.
e) The plot on which a petrol filling station with or without service bays is proposed shall
be on an independent plot on which no other structure shall be constructed.
f) Petrol/LPG/CNG station shall not be permitted within a distance of 90 meter from
junction of roads having minimum width of 12 m. each. Also Petrol station shall not be
sited within a distance of 90 m. from the nearest gate of school, hospital and theatre,
place of assembly or stadium.
g) In the case of kiosks and other buildings for sales office, snack bars etc. within the plot
for Petrol/LPG/CNG filling stations, the setbacks from the boundaries shall be 4.50 m.
Further the other clearances for the installations shall be as per the Petroleum Rules of
1937.
xxvii) Bus Terminus, Construction of new communication routes including roads, highways,
railways, airports, jetties, etc.
xxviii) Automobile Showrooms and workshops with FSI of 0.20.
xxix)Tourism activities as specified in Regulation No.29.0
xxx) Mobile Phone Towers with ancillary equipments as specified in Regulation No.31.0
xxxi) Slaughter house or facilities for processing and disposal of dead animals with the special
permission of Municipal Commissioner
xxxii) L.P. Gas Godowns subject to following conditions:
1) Area of plot shall not be less than 1000 Sq.m.
2) The maximum permissible FSI shall be 0.20.
3) Only ground floor structure shall be permissible.
4) It is necessary to obtain “No Objection Certificate” from Controller of Explosives and
competent fire authority.
xxxiii)Integrated highways amenities such as motels, way-side restaurants, fuel pumps, service
stations, restroom and canteen for employees working on site and truck drivers, service
godowns, factory outlets, highway malls, hyper marketalong with public conveniences like
toilets, trauma center, medicine shop, bank ATMs, logistic park and like activities with FSI
of 0.5 on gross area. The Integrated highways amenitiesshall be allowed subject to
following condition.
a) Minimum area of plot shall be 10000 Sq.mt.
b) 10 % amenity space shall be provided which shall be handed over to planning authority
free of cost with fencing constructed as per the satisfaction of Commissioner.
xxxiv) Solid waste management, land fill sites, power generation from waste.
xxxv) Power generation from non-conventional sources of energy, bio-gas plants. Area covered
under solar power shall not be counted in FSI.
xxxvi) Any industry / industries may be permitted only with the special permission of the
Municipal Commissioner who may grant it after such scrutiny as may be necessary to
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 55
ensure that the location is appropriate and is not likely to cause nuisance and hazard to
adjoining owners. Before granting any such permission, the Municipal Commissioner may
prescribe special conditions about minimum size of plot and minimum buffer open distance
from the industrial building/ industrial use to residential or habitable zone / use, which shall
not however be less than 23 m. such industrial use shall be allowed FSI of 0.20.
xxxvii) Government project affected Rehabilitation sites.
xxxviii) Town planning scheme under the provisions contained in chapter V of Maharashtra
Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966 shall be allowed for minimum 20 hector area, having
access road of the width of minimum 18 mt., subject to condition that road network in
scheme area shall be provided and entire cost of scheme shall be borne by the
owners/developers. After sanction of preliminary scheme under section 86 of the act, all
uses as that of residential zone, shall be permitted.FSI and other regulation shall applicable
as per residential zone.
However, if the owners come together for development on aforesaid concept of town
planning scheme instead of undertaking town planning scheme under the Act, the
Municipal Commissioner may allow such development subject to earmarking 40% of the
land for roads, park, playground, garden, social infrastructure, sale component by the
Corporation, which shall be handed over to the Corporation. However, development
permission for uses permissible in residential zone, shall be granted phase wise after
completion of physical infrastructure works including off site infrastructure and handing
over of land to the Corporation. The FSI of land handed over to the Corporation shall also
be allowed on remaining land on the lines of Regulation No.24.9 .The land under such
proposals shall be entitled for total FSI /TDR permissible in residential zone.
(xxxix) Mangalkaryalaya / lawns.
a) Minimum area for MangalKaryalaya shall be 0.40 hect. with FSI of 0.20. It may be
permitted along with essential guest rooms not exceeding 30% of the area of
MangalKaryalaya. Area for parking shall be 40% of gross area which shall be properly
earmarked and bounded by bifurcating wall.
b) Lawns for ceremony shall be 0.80 hect. with FSI of 0.20. Area for parking shall be 40%
of gross area.
c)The plot shall abut on road having width of minimum 15m.
d) Such user (MangalKaryalaya and Lawns)shall be allowed only on payments of premium
at the rate 10 % of the land value arrived as per Annual Statement of rates (without
considering the guidelines therein) of the respective year.
(xxxx) Farm houses subject to following conditions:-
(a)The land in which it is to be constructed is actually put under agricultural use.
(b)Minimum plot area under above use shall be 0.4 Ha. And only one farm house shall be
allowed per holding.
(c)Farm house shall be permitted in accordance with the provisions of Maharashtra Land
Revenue Code, 1966.
(d)The FSI shall not exceed 0.0375 of gross plot area subject to a maximum built up area
of400 sq.mt.in any case.
(e)Only ground floor structure with or without stilt shall be permissible with 12m. margin
from the boundary of land.
Note:-The permissible FSI for uses in No Development Zone will be 0.20 on gross area afterdeducting
D.P.Road/ Reservation area if any, if not specified.
56 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
b) Prohibitive Zone - Agriculture /Green Zone/ No Development Zone in which Following areas
are included or separately provided are prohibited from any development.
i) Area within the blue flood line from the river
ii) Hill top hill slope zone
iii) Mangroves / marshy land
iv) Area within the CRZ
v) Buffer zone where any kind of development is not allowed
stalls to the extent of 20 sq.m.(for every 4000 sq.m. reservation area) may be permitted. Total
FSI used for such constructions shall not exceed 0.1 of the garden area. If required, the sites of
garden may be developed for playground, however, such change shall not exceed 10% in the
said sector of development plan.
d) Weekly Market - Weekly vegetable market with open ottas, cattle market and ancillary petty
convenience shops.
e) Vegetable Market - Open or covered ottas along with petty convenient shops, fruit stalls.
f) Shopping Centre / Market - Shopping, Vegetable market, departmental stores, offices, banks
/ community hall on upper floors.
g) Town-hall - Town hall, exhibition hall, art gallery, meeting / conference hall, library, small
restaurant to the extent of 20 sq.m.
h) Drama Theatre / Natyagriha – Drama theatre / natyagriha, art gallery, exhibition hall, library,
small restaurant to the extent of 20 sq.m., allied users such as guest rooms for the artists.
i) Cultural Hall - Cultural hall, marriage hall, socio-cultural activities, art gallery, exhibition
hall, performing arts activities, small restaurant to the extent of 20 sq.m., allied users such as
guest rooms, yoga centre.
j) Primary School -Secondary, Primary & pre-primary schools and allied activities.
k) Secondary / High School – Junior college, secondary / high school and primary- pre-primary
school & allied activities.
l) Library – In addition to library, nursery school, balwadi.
m) Health Centre / Hospital / Maternity Home / Dispensary – Any sort of medical facilities
alongwith ancillary construction such as staff quarters, chemist shop, restaurant, ATM, PCO,
cyber café of not more than 20 sq.m., etc. sleeping accommodation for guests in case of bigger
hospitals of built up area not less than 2000 sq.m. may be permissible.
n) Truck Terminus - In addition to minimum 60% area for parking of trucks, restaurant, hotel,
motel, lodging facility for drivers, auto repair centre, auto service centre, shops for auto spare
parts, shops for daily needs, ATM, PCO, primary health centre / first aid centre, provision for
loading-unloading.
o) S.T. Stand and commercial uses -Out of total FSI, maximum 1.00 FSI shall be allowed to be
developed for commercial use and remaining FSI shall be for the self-use of the said
Corporation permissible as per the Development Plan.
Note:-
1) The permissible FSI for above uses shall be as that of residential zone, including premium FSI
and loading of TDR, if not specified.
2) Other reservations - The reservations which have not appeared in the above list, may be
allowed to be permitted to be developed for the compatible uses with the approval of the
Director of Town Planning, Maharashtra State, Pune.
*******
58
TABLENO. 6 : SERVICE INDUSTRIES-
SCHEDULE OF PERMISSIBLE SERVICE INDUSTRIAL USES IN RESEDENTIAL ZONE (R-2) ,COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL ZONES
Sr.No. Category of Industry
Classification & Special condition
Maximum Maximum Maximum Special Conditions If Any
Permissible Power Permissible Permissible Floor
Requirement Employment Area
1 2 3 4 5 6
I )Food Products
1) Manufacture of milk and dairy 10HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
products such as butter and ghee
2) a) Rice huller 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
b)Grain mill for production of 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
flour
c)Manufacture of supari and 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
masala grinding (in separate
building )
d)Groundnut decorticator 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
e)Baby oil expellers 10 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
3) Manufacture of Bakery products 10 HP 9 persons 57 sq.m. i) Shall not be permitted under or
with no floor above above dwelling unit
ii) Operation shall be permitted only
between 8 hrs., and 20 hrs.
iii) Fuel used shall be electricity gas
or smokeless coal
15) Printing and Publishing 10 HP 9 persons 120 sq.m. i) Shall not be permitted under or
periodicals, books, journals, adjoining a dwelling unit
atlases, maps, envelop printing, ii) Operation shall be permitted
picture post-cards embossing. between 8 hrs to 20 hrs
iii) No restriction on power no. of
employee's area of hours of operation
shall apply if located in building in
separate plot not less than 500 sq.m.
16) Engraving etching block 10 HP 9 persons 120 sq.m Operation shall be permitted only
marking etc., between 8 hrs to 20 hrs.
17) Book Binding 10 HP 9 persons 120 sq.m.
29) Repair of watch clock and jewellery 3 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. Operation shall be permitted only
between 8 hrs to 20 hrs
30) Manufacture of musical instrument No power to be 6 persons 50 sq.m. Operation shall be permitted only
and its repair used between 8 hrs to 20 hrs
31) Repairs of locks, stoves, umbrellas, 3 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. Operation shall be permitted only
sewing machines, gas burners, between 8 hrs to 20 hrs
buckets and other sundry household
equipments, optical glass grinding
and repairs.
32) Petrol filling stations 10 HP 9 persons i) 30.5 x 16.75 m Plot size (i) for filling stations without
ii) 33.5 x 30.5 m service bay and (ii) for filling stations
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
33) Laundress laundry service and 4 KW 9 persons 50 sq.m. i) Cleaning and dyeing fluid shall not
cleaning dyeing bleaching and dry have flash point lower than 138 F.
cleaning ii) Operation shall be permitted
between 8 hrs to 20 hrs
iii) Machinery having dry load
capacity of 20KG and above
34) Photo processing laboratories, 5 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. Operation shall be permitted between
Xeroxing photo copy videotaping 8 hrs to 20 hrs
and their repairing
35) Ready Mix Concrete Plant 3.75 HP 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
36) Non-polluting, High Tech, High --- 9 persons 50 sq.m. --
Value added Electronic Industries
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 63
PART IV
GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS
SET BACKS, MARGINAL DISTANCES,HEIGHT,PERMISSIBLE FSI
26.0 GENERAL
Following regulations for congested area shall be applicable for the lands included in congested area as
shown on the development plan. For the areas outside congested area in the development plan,
regulation for outside-congested area shall apply. However, in congested area, if the original land
holding is more than 0.40 Hector, then all the regulations of non-congested area except FSIshall apply.
In such cases FSI shall be as per Regulation No 26.1
B) Structural projections such as balconies, cornices, weather sheds, roof projections etc. shall be
64 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
allowed in the setback distance prescribed above as per Regulation No. 26.8.
c) Height- The height of the building shall be governed by Regulation No. 26.5.
d) Above set back and marginal distances shall be applicable for buildings with ground + 3storey or
parking + 4storey structures. For buildings having height more than this but less than 15 m., marginal
distances shall be increased by 1 m. for every 3 m. height. For buildings having height more than this,
marginal distances shall be as per regulations of non-congested area.
e) Steps may be allowed within marginal distance
f) Parking – parking shall be provided as per the provisions in Regulation No.42.0
26.1.2 Public semi-public, Educational, Medical, Institutional, Commercial, Mercantile and Other
Buildings:
a) Floor Space Index - Maximum FSI permissible shall be 2.00.
b) Marginal distances - For these buildings marginal distancesshall be 3 m. on all sides.
c) For buildings having height more than 15.00 m., regulations of non-congested areashall apply for
front, side & rear marginal distances.
Provided that for buildings like cinema theatre, multiplex, assembly buildings, shopping malls,
regulations prescribed in non-congested area, except FSI, shall apply.
26.1.3 Pathway for access to the internal building or interior part of the building, the pathway shall not be less
than3.0 mt.and shall be subject to provisionsmentioned in Regulation No. 24.2(D).
26.1.4 If the width of property is less than 3.6 m. (12 ft), the entire ground floor shall be on stilts.
26.1.5 Front open space as prescribed by the Highway or any other rules shall be applicable if they are over
and above as prescribed in these regulations.
Table No.9
Sr. Description Min Min Min set Min. Min. remarks
No. of the road Plot width back from sidemarginsi rear
Size in of plot road side in n meter margins
Sq. m. in meter in meter
meter
1 NH/SH 450 15 6.0m for NH 3.0 3.0 --
and 4.5 m.
SH or as
specified by
Highway
rule
whichever is
more
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 65
Note-
(1) Marginal distances mentioned in above table shall be subject to distances mentioned in
Regulation no. 26.2. In case of sr.no.5 to 9,structures having higher height may be permitted
subject to marginal distance mentioned in Regulation No. 26.2.4
(2) The minimum area of plots fronting on service roads along highways, shall be with reference to
the width of service road.
(3) For semidetached buildings, side margin shall be on one side only.
(4) Row-housing plots at the junction of two roads shall be larger to maintain the setback from both
roads. Not more than 12and not less than 43plots shall be allowed in each block of row housing.
Each block shall be separated from the other by 6 m. road or 6 m. side margin distance of the
plot or space including side marginal distance of the plot.
(5) No garage shall be permitted in a building having stilt or basement provided for parking.
(6) Construction of ottas, railings, barricades or supporting columns for canopy or porch shall not be
allowed in front marginal distances. However, steps may be permitted within 1.2 m. from the
building line. Also supporting columns for canopy or porch may be allowed within building line.
(7) In no case ribbon development rules shall be relaxed without consent of the Highway Authority.
(8) In case of special building as specified in Regulation No.6.2.2.g, marginal distances shall be as
per said regulations.
(9) The plot width to depth ratio shall be 1:1.5 to 1:2.5; as far as possible in case of plotted layout
development permission.
(11) The front setback set-out in already approved and partially developed layouts / schemes, may
be retained as per said approval, so as to maintain the buildingline.
(12) The pattern of development like semi-detached, row housing, etc. in already approved layout
shall be as per said approved layout.
(13) Where commencement certificate is granted prior to publication of draft development plan and
the said plot is affected by new road proposed in thedevelopment plan, then front margin stand
relaxed to that extent.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 67
26.2.2 Other Buildings: The Provision as given in Table No.9a below shall apply for different categories of
other buildings.
Table No.9a
Sr. Type of building minimu Minimum Other stipulations
no. m road marginal
width distances
required
1 2 3 4 5
1 Medical buildings
a) Hospital, Maternity 12 m. 6 m. on all As per table no. 14
Homes, Health Club, sides
Public Semi-public
buildings being special
building
b) Hospital, Maternity 12 m. Front margin As per table no. 14
Homes, Health Club, Public as per Table
Semi-public buildings not no. 7
being special buildings remaining
sides 4.5 m.
c)Clinics on plot upto area 9 m. Front margin
300 sq.m. as per Table
no. 7 other all
sides 3.0 m.
2. Educational buildings
a) Pre-primary 6m. As per Table As per table no. 14
School No.7
5. Petrol/Fuel Filling Stations 12 m. 4.5 m. on all i) Plot should not be located within
with or without service sides the distance of 90 m. from any
bays junction of roads having min. width
12 m. each. In case of ‘T’ junction,
68 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
Table No. 10
Provided that such marginal distance shall be subject to maximum of 16.0 mt. Provided also that, if the
land owner wishes to keep higher margins, he may allow to do so.
The distance between two buildings shall be the side marginal distance required for the higher building
between two adjoining buildings.
Provided where rooms do not derive light and ventilation from the exterior open space, the distance
between the two buildings may be reduced by 1 m subject to a minimum of3 m. (if necessary 6.0m. in
case of special building) and a maximum of 8 m. No projections shall be permitted in this exterior
space
Table No. 11
Permissible basic FSI,FSI on payment of premium, PermissibleTDR Loading on a plot in non-
congested area for Residential, Commercial uses
Sr Road width in Basic FSI Additional FSI Maximum Maximum
. meter on payment of Permissible Building
N premium TDR potential on plot
o Loading
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 Below 9.00 meter 1.1 -- -- 1.10
2 9.00 meter and upto 1.1 0.30 0.40 1.80
12.00 meter
70 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
Note-
i) For the BRT/Metro Corridor, Additional FSI upto 0.20 shall be allowed on payment of premium
in addition to FSI as mentioned in column 4
ii) Additional FSI upto0.20 on payment of premium shall be allowed for the redevelopment of
Authorised Residential buildings on roads having width below 9 mt., subject to condition that
the construction/redevelopment shall be allowed only if the building is more than 30 years old.
iii) Maximum permissible building potential on plot mentioned at column no.8 shall be exclusive of
FSI allowed for Inclusive Housing as per Regulation No.37.0.
iv) Premium- Rate of premium for the additional FSI as mentioned in column no 4 above shall be
decided by Government from time to time. The premium collected shall be shared 50:50
between State Government & Corporation respectively. The premium of the Government shall
be deposited by the planning authority in a Government head account.
v) On request of Planning Authority, Government may vary the ratio of Additional FSI and TDR as
mention in column 4 and 5 by issuing Directives.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 12m. Upto1000 1.10 0.30 4.50 3.00
2 12m. 1001 to 5000 1.10 0.30 9.00 6.00
3 12m. 5000 and 1.10 0.30 12.00 9.00
above
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 71
Note-
i) In case of plots fronting on National Highway, State Highway and Major District Roads, the
building line / control line shall be as per Ribbon Development Rules as given in Table above,
whichever is more.
ii) Front, side and rear marginal open spaces shall be as per above Table.
iii)Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2 m. respectively for industrial buildings.
The greater height maybe permitted as per the requirement.
iv) In addition of provisions of these regulations, regulations prescribed under Factory Act shall be
applicable.
v)Premium - Rate of premium for the additional FSI as mentioned in column no 5 above shall be
decided by Government from time to time. The premium collected shall be shared 50:50 between
State Government & Corporation respectively. The premium of the Government shall be
deposited by the planning authority in a Government head account
vi)Buffer zone-For construction of industrial building, buffer zone of 23 m. wide shall be left from
residential or incompatible zone, wherever necessary. Such buffer zone shall be part of sizable
required recreational open space. Roads and marginal distance is may also be treated as a part of
Buffer Zone. However, area of such buffer zone shall be counted in gross area for computation of
FSI. Where green belt is shown in development plan between residential and industrial zone, area
of such green belt shall be counted in gross area for calculation of FSI. Provided also that
marginal distance for a building shall not be exclusive of buffer zone. The floor height for
industrial building shall be as per requirement.
ii) It is mandatory for all the high rise buildings to comply with the structural design and stability
and Fire Safety as mentioned in Part - XII and XIII.
iii) The Committee shall be of advisory nature and it will advise the Municipal Commissioner
regarding the feasibility of development proposals considering the opinion of the expert
members of the committee.
iv) In specific case, if the Chairman desires, any expert from other fields may be invited for the
meeting of the Committee.
v) The Corporation shall render necessary help for functioning of the Committee, provision of
place for meetings, secretarial assistance, etc.
vi) The non-official members of the Committee shall be paid honorarium as may decided by the
Commissioner.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 73
vii) The Commissioner may levy additional scrutiny fee for such building proposals.
viii) The Committee shall offer its remarks on the building proposal within a period 45 days from the
date of receipt of the proposals.
26.7 INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR CHOWK-
(a) Interior chowk : Wherever habitable rooms or kitchen derives ventilation from inner chowk or
interior open space, the size of such interior open space shall not be less than 3 m. x 3 m. upto height
of 16 m. and for height more than 16 m., the interior open space shall not be less than H/5 m. x H/5
m. where H = height of highest wall of the chowk.
(b) Exterior chowk : The minimum width of the exterior chowk for the purpose of light and
ventilation, shall not be less than 2.4 m. and depth shall not exceed 1.5 times the width for buildings
upto 16 m. height and for height more than 16 m., the exterior open space shall not be less than H/6
m. x H/6 m. where H = height of highest wall of the chowk. If the width of the exterior chowk is
less than 2.4 m. it shall be treated as a notch.
Provided that, Where only water closet, bathroom, combined bathroom and water closet abutting on
the interior open space, the size of the interior open space shall be in line with the provision for
ventilation shaft as given in Regulation No. 41.19 / Table No. 20.
(c) A projection of maximum 30 cm. on roof top terrace level may be allowed throughout the
periphery of the building. In case of pitched roof projection of maximum 45 cm. at rooftop terrace
level throughout periphery of the building shall be allowed.
d) Accessory buildings:- The following accessory buildings may be permitted in the marginal open
spaces :-
i) In an existing building where toilet is not provided, a single storeyed toilet subject to a
maximum area of 4.0 sq. m. in the rear or side open space and at a distance of 7.5 m. from
the road line or the front boundary and 1.5 m. from other boundaries may be permissible.
The Commissioner may reduce 1.5 m. margin in exceptional cases to avoid hardship.
ii) Parking lock up garage not exceeding 2.4 m. in height shall be permissible in the rear
corner of the plot with independent bungalow. Parking lock up garage when attached to main
building shall be 7.5 m. away from the road line and shall be of such constructions giving
fire resistance of 2 hours. The area of sanitary blocks and parking lock up garage shall be
taken into account for the calculation of FSI.
74 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
iii) Suction tanks, soak pits, pump room, meter room, garbage shaft, space required for fire
hydrants, electrical and water-fittings, water tanks, dustbins etc.
iv) One watchman's cabin / booth not more than 3 sq. m. in built up area having min. 1.20 m.
width or diameter of cabin / booth.
Note :- When a building abuts falling onthree or more roads then above mentioned user, except (iv),
shall be permissible in front setback facing the smaller road of less important from traffic point of
view.
e)"Ramp" in basement shall be allowed subject to 6.0 m. clear marginal distance for movement of
fire fighting vehicle.
f)Fire escape staircase of single flight not less than 1.2 m.
g) Staircase mid-landing of 1.2 m. width with clear minimum headway of 2.1 m. below the mid-
landing. However, clear distance from edge of landing to the plot boundary shall not be less than
1.8 mt.
h ) Supported double height terraces( within the building line )-
Supported double height terraces (open terraces with railing having minimum height equal to two
floors) within the building line, not exceeding 20% of the built up area of the same floor.
ii) Stilt / Multi-storeyed floors /podium/ basement used as parking including passage therein.
iii) Areas covered by electric cabin, Porches, Entrance lobby/ foyer, canopies, chajjas, cornice,
weather shade, sun breaker, Air conditioning plant rooms, lift well and service floor of height
not exceeding 1.8 m. for hospitals, shopping malls, plazas and Star categoryhotels ( rating with
three stars and above).
iv) Area of structure for an effluent treatment plant as required as per the requirements of the
Maharashtra Pollution Control Board or other relevant authorities.
v) Rockery, Well and well structures, plant, Nursery, Water pool platform around a tree, Fountain
bench, Chabutara with open top and unenclosed sides, Ramps, Compound wall, Gate slide /
swing, Steps outside the buildings, Domestic working place (open to sky), Overhead water tank
on top of the building, Stair Case, Fire escape stair case, Balconies as specified in Regulation
No. 41.14,and Refuge area for high rise buildingsas specified in Regulation No. 41.27.
vi) Telecommunication tower, antenna and allied activities.
vii) Atrium in shopping malls, public buildings.
viii) Open to sky swimming pool of the top terrace and top most podium.
*******
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 75
PART V
ADDITIONAL FSI IN CERTAIN CATEGARIES
27.0 GENERAL
Additional/higher Floor space index may be allowed in certain categories in non-congested area,
except as otherwise specified, as mentioned in Regulation no 27.1 and subject to following
conditions:
a) Permissible additional FSI for the buildings as mention in Table no 27.1 shall be the maximum
permissible building potential according to road width as mention in column 6 of Table no.9 minus
Basic FSI. The percentage of additional FSI shall be applicable on basic FSI, permissible in the said
area.
b) Such additional FSI shall be available for use for which additional FSI is granted only and other
permissible uses shall be allowed within the basic Permissible FSI.
c) Premium – Premium for additional F.S.I. shall be per column 4 of the table. Rate of the premium
is based on the land rate mentioned in ASR for respective S.No./CTS No. The premium collected
shall be shared 50:50 between State Government & Corporation respectively.Premium to be paid to
the Government shall be deposited in the concerned Account Head of Urban Development
Department at Government Treasury by the Planning Authority. The following quantum of premium
shall be subject tothe orders of theGovernmentfromtime to time.
d) The additional FSI shall also be permissible to existing authorised users subject to structural
stability.
e) The other conditions as mentioned in the Government Directives issued under section 154 of the
M.R.&T.P.Act 1966 vide Resolution no TPS-1815/2647/CR-13/15/UD 13/Dared 14/03/2016 shall
also be applicable.
f) If the owner / developer desire to avail such additional FSI in future for new buildings , then while
seeking building permission at first instance, the building plan shall be submitted considering the
Marginal distances as required for the height of buildings for such additional FSI. No condonation in
the required open spaces, parking and other requirements in these regulations shall be allowed.
However for the existing building proposals, such condition need not be insisted. But proposal shall
be cleared only after strictly confirming structural and fire safety norms.
g) Exit Requirements, Requirements of Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation Parking spaces
requirements, Fire provision requirements shall conform the provisions as mentioned in these
regulations
*******
76
Table No. 14
27.1Permissible Marginal spaces, permissible basic FSI, Additional FSI for buildings in non-congested area
Categories of the other Basic FSI Additional FSI Rate of the Conditions if any,
buildings Premium
1 2 3 4 5
A)Educational As per Maximum building 10 % i) The Educational Institute shall be of Government/Semi Government public
i) Pre-primary School and Regulation potential limit as per authorities, Charitable Institutions or Private Institutions
Special Educational No.26.3 road width as mention ii) Educational buildings shall not be permissible within 60 m. from the
Institute for Physically in Regulation No existing assembly building and 90 m. from the existing petrol pump.
handicapped/Mentally ill. 26.3/ Column 6 of
Table No. 11 minus iii) Educational building shall only be permitted if 40% area is available for
Basic FSI playground. However, this provision shall not be applicable to already
approved existing building wherein construction of additional floor is
ii) Primary School -- do -- -- do -- 15 % proposed.
iv) No classroom shall admeasure less than 38 sq. m. with a minimum
iii) Other Educational -- do -- -- do -- 25 % dimension of 5.50 m. The height of any classroom shall not be less than
Buildings 3.60 m.
v) While granting Additional FSI to Educational Institutions offering primary
and secondary education 5 % seats shall be reserved for admission for
Government nominees. Deputy Director, Education Department shall be
competent to decide such nominations. However, this condition shall not be
applicable for Higher Education, Technical Education and Medical
Education.
vi) As and when required, some rooms of Educational Buildings shall be made
available to the Government by the concerned institutions.
vii)The Educational Institution shall maintain records regarding free /
concessional education rendered to the needy persons, which shall be made
available to the Director of School Education, Higher and Technical
Education on demand.
viii) The Director of School Education, Government of Maharashtra shall be
the competent authority to monitor as to whether the Educational Institution
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
is observing the terms and conditions referred to at (i) ,(ii)and (iii) above
and, in case of any breach thereof or in case the Education being rendered
by the Educational Institution are not to the satisfaction of the said
Department, the Director of School Education shall have the right to
suitably penalise the Education Institution.
ix) The Educational Institution shall file an undertaking that it shall abide by
the above enumerated terms and conditions.
x) Adequate Parking facilities as required per prevailing Development Control
Regulation shall be provided.
xi) While granting occupation certificate the Municipal Commissioner shall
intimate to the Director of school Education for compliance of afore said
condition along with copy of occupation certificate and plan.
xii)Maximum of height of Educational building shall be as per The
Maharashtra Fire protection and Life Safety Measure, Act, 2006
B)Medical Institutions- -- do -- -- do -- i) No premium i) The Medical Institutions of Government, Semi Government, public
Hospital, Maternity for authorities, Charitable Institutions or private owner.
Homes, Health Club, Government,
buildings Semi ii) Free medical treatment to the extent of atleast 20% of the total number of
Government, beds shall be given to persons from Economically Weaker Sections of
public society or to persons below the poverty line. In addition, 10% of the total
authorities' number of patients in OPD shall be provided treatment at concessional
hospitals. rates, viz. rates that are being charged in government hospitals. The
ii) 25% for Medical Institution shall furnish the requisite periodical statements to the
Charitable Director of Health Services in this regard.
Institutions
iii) The Medical Institution shall maintain records regarding free/concessional
iii) 35% for
medical treatment rendered to the needy persons, which shall be made
private
hospitals available to the Director of Health Services on demand.
vi) Any Special ward in the hospital building shall not admeasure less than 9.0.
sq.m. in area with no side less than 3 m.
v) Area of the general wards shall not admeasure less than 40 sq. m. with no
side less than 5.5. m.
vi) Every building shall have a refuge collection area of minimum 7.50 sq. m.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 77
78
size with cover on top and unclosed on at least three sides. The same shall
not be allowed in marginal open spaces. Modern method of incineration of
the refuge may be adopted.
vii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.00 m. & 4.2 m. respectively.
The greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the
requirement.
viii) The Director of Health Services, Government of Maharashtra shall be the
Competent Authority to monitor as to whether the Medical Institution is
observing the terms and conditions referred above and in case of any breach
thereof or in case the medical services being rendered by the Medical
Institution are not to the satisfaction of the Director of Health Services, the
Director of Health Services shall have the right to suitably penalise the
Medical Institution.
ix) While granting occupation certificate the Municipal Commissioner shall
intimate to the Director of Health Services, Government of Maharashtra for
compliance of afore said condition along with copy of occupation
certificate and plan.
x) Maximum of height of building for hospitals, sanatorium and nursing
homes, shall be as per The Maharashtra Fire protection and Life Safety
Measure, Act, 2006.
D)Starred category -- do -- -- do -- 35% (up to i) The star category hotels shall be constructed on independent plot.
hotels ( two star and four star) ii) Certificate from the Tourism Department, GOI shall be necessary.
above)
iii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2 m. respectively. The
45 % (five star greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the requirement.
and above) iv) While granting Additional FSI to starred category Residential Hotels 5% of
rooms shall be reserved for Government nominees free of cost. Provided
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
that such rooms be reserved for a period of not exceeding thirty days in a
calendar year in a particular hotel. The head of respective authorities shall
be competent to decide and monitor whether the institution is observing the
terms and conditions as mentioned.
v) While granting occupation certificate the Municipal Commissioner shall
intimate to theCompetent Authority for compliance of afore said condition
along with copy of occupation certificate and plan.
E)Buildings of -- do -- -- do -- No Premium i) The Municipal Commissioner with the previous approval of State Govt.
Government and Semi- may exceed the additional FSI.
Government Offices ii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.60 m. & 4.2 m. respectively. The
and Public Sector greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the requirement.
Undertakings:
F)Religious Building: -- do -- -- do -- 15% i) No Objection Certificate shall be obtained from concerned Police Authority
and Collector before commencement of construction.
ii) The additional FSI shall also be permissible to existing authorised religious
users subject to structural stability.
iii) The proposal shall be consistent with the Development Plan proposals.
iv) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.20 m. & 4.2 m. respectively. The
greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the requirement
G)YatriNiwas, Youth -- do -- -- do -- 15% i) The building shall be on independent plot having minimum plot area of
Hostel:- 1000 sq.mt.
ii) Minimum and maximum height shall be 3.00 m. & 4.2 m. respectively. The
greater height may be permitted by the Authority as per the requirement.
H)The Land in -- do -- -- do -- No premium Out of total FSI, maximum 1.00 FSI shall be allowed to be developed for
possession of commercial use and remaining FSI shall be for the self-use of the said
Maharashtra State Corporation permissible as per the Development Plan.
Road Transport
Corporation
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
79
80
I)Basic shelter for --do -- -- do – No premium Any housing scheme undertaken by planning authority, government / semi
urban poor government organisation, under the basic shelter for urban poor or similar
programme / scheme of the Central / State Government, may be allowed FSI
upto 2.5, or sum of column no.2+3, whichever is maximum subject to
following condition.
i) The said scheme shall be for EWS/LIG housing
ii) The scheme shall be implemented by the Municipal Corporation /
Government/semi-Government Authority stipulated by the Government,
from time to time .
iii) The use of the land under the Scheme shall be in consonance with the
proposals of the sanctioned development plan.
iv) Total permissible floor space index for the scheme shall be 2.50 of the
gross plot area (excluding the area affected by the D.P. Reservations)
v) The entire 2.50 FSI as made permissible shall be utilised of the scheme
only.
vi) All the development plan reservations on the land under the scheme shall
be developed by the said authority and the amenities thus created shall be
handed over to the planning authority.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 81
The Municipal Commissioner may permit on the same plot, additional FSI of the area required for
road widening or for construction of a new road proposed under the Development Plan, if the owner
(including the lessee) of such land surrenders such land for road widening or construction of new
road without claiming any monitory compensation in lieu thereof and hand over the same free of
encumbrances to the satisfaction of the Municipal Commissioner. FSI generated against the
surrender of land, shall be in proportion to the provisions mentioned in Regulation No.40.0 of Part
IXand may be utilised on the remaining land. If desired by the owner, TDR may be granted against
such surrendered land instead of utilizing FSI on remaining land. Such TDR shall be allowed to be
utilised as a Development Rights in accordance with the rules regulating Transfer of Development
Rights (TDR). Thereafter, the road shall be transferred in the city survey records/revenue records in
the name of the Municipal Corporation and shall vest in it becoming part of a public street.
Provided further that, this concession shall not be granted in respect of,
a) Roads in the areas of Town Planning Scheme which are the proposals of the scheme.
b) Cases mentioned in provision of TDR as mentioned in Regulation No. 40.0 of Part IX.
27.3 Development / Redevelopment for construction of staff quarters of the State Government or
its statutory bodies or Municipal Corporation.
27.3.1 Regulation for staff quarters of the State Government or its statutory bodies or Municipal
Corporation on land belonging to such Authorities situates in developable zones such as Residential
/ Public Semi-public / Commercial Zones etc. except restricted zone such as Green Belt,
Agricultural Zone, No development Zone, CRZ, etc.
27.3.2 The basic FSI specified in these regulations may be allowed to be exceeded as per following table
on the gross plot area solely for the project of construction of staff quarters (herein after referred to
as “staff quarter project”) for the employees of the Government, or its statutory bodies or the
Municipal Corporation (hereinafter collectively referred to as “User Authority”), on land belonging
to such User Authority, by the PWD of the Government of Maharashtra or MHADA or Maharashtra
Police Housing Corporation or Municipal Corporation or any other Public Agency nominated by the
Government for this purpose, which also include any Special Purpose Vehicle, wherein the
Government or a fully owned Company of the Government holds at least 51% equity share
(hereinafter collectively referred to as “implementing Public Authority”)
27.3.3 Road width and plot area Maximum permissible FSI (Including basic FSI)
12.00 mt. above 2.50
27.3.4 For the purpose of calculating the FSI, the entire area of the plot excluding area under Development
Plan roads and Development Plan reservations, if any, shall be considered.
82 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
Provided that, the Development Plan reservations like Government Staff Quarters, Police Housing,
Municipal Housing, Municipal Staff Quarters etc. on lands belonging to Government / Public
Authorities / Local Authorities, shall not be excluded.
Provided further that, amalgamation of such Development Plan reservation/s with adjoining lands
for the execution of project under this regulation, shall be permissible.
27.3.5 The total permissible FSI under this regulation shall be utilised for construction of staff quarters for
the User Authority, subject to the following
i) The area of staff quarters for various categories of employees shall be as per the norms
prescribed by the concerned User Authority and in no case shall the area of staff quarters exceed
the maximum limit of carpet area as prescribed therein.
ii-a)Municipal Commissioner may also permit upto 1/3rd of the total permissible FSI under this
regulation for construction of free sale area (hereinafter referred to as “free sale component”) to
be disposed of by the Implementing Public Authority as provided herein. The free sale
component shall preferably be constructed in a separate block. Sub-division of plots shall be
permissible on the basis of equitable distribution of FSI, in case construction of free sale
component is permitted by the Municipal Commissioner.
The free sale component may be utilised for commercial use as per potential of plot as decided
by the following committee. The extent of commercial use, if required shall be decided by the
said committee strictly within the limits as specified in these regulations
1) Municipal Commissioner – Chairman
2) Police Commissioner – Member
3) Collector of Concerned District – Member
4) Superintendent Engineer (PWD) – Member
ii-b) If the User Authority required construction of staff quarters to the extent of full permissible
FSI, then the User Authority shall pay full cost of construction + 5% of construction cost as
establishment charges to the Implementing Public Authority.
ii-c) The flats constructed under the free sale component shall be first offered to the Central
Government, its statutory bodies, Central /State PSUs for purchase as staff quarters and it the
Central Government or its statutory Bodies or Central /State PSUs do not indicate willingness to
purchase the same within the prescribed time limit, such flats shall be sold in open market.
27.3.6 i) Notwithstanding anything contained in these regulations, no amount shall be charged towards
Premium, Scrutiny Fee etc., for the projects proposed under this regulation.
ii) The provisions of Inclusive Housing, mentioned in these regulations, shall not be applicable for
development under this regulation.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 83
27.3.7 For any staff quarters project under this regulations, a development agreement shall be executed
between the User Authority and the Implementing Public Authority, which, inter alia, shall
authorise the Implementing Authority to dispose of the flats constructed under the free sale
component of the project, wherever applicable. Such development agreement shall contain the
details regarding the modalities and conditions of transferring such quarters (whether free of cost or
on payment/ receipt of certain amount by the User Authority) to the user authority and also
conditions modalities of disposing of the flats under the free sale components by the Implementing
Public Authority.
1) The FSI for a new scheme of Low Cost Housing, implemented by MHADA departmentally on
vacant lands for Economically Weaker Sections (EWS), Low Income Group (LIG) and Middle
Income Group (MIG) categories shall be2.50 on the gross plot area and atleast 60% built-up area
in such scheme shall be in the form of tenements under the EWS, LIG and MIG categories, as
defined by the Government in Housing Department from time to time.
2) For redevelopment of existing housing schemes of MHADA, containing (i) EWS/LIG and/or (ii)
MIG and/or (iii) HIG houses with carpet area less than the maximum carpet area prescribed for
MIG , the total permissible FSI shall be2.50 on the gross plot area (exclusive of the Fungible
FSI).
Provided that the maximum entitlement of rehabilitation area shall in no case exceed the maximum
limit of carpet area prescribed limit for MIG category by the Govt. as applicable on the date of
approval of the redevelopment project. Provided further that the entitlement of rehabilitation area as
admissible under this regulation shall be exclusive of the area of balcony.
84 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
ii) Under redevelopment of buildings in existing Housing Schemes of MHADA, the entitlement of
rehabilitation area of any existing commercial/amenity unit in the Residential Housing Scheme
shall be equal to the carpet area of the existing unit plus 20% thereof.
B) Incentive FSI- Incentive FSI admissible against the FSI required for rehabilitation, as calculated
in (a) above, shall be based on the ratio (hereinafter referred to as Basic Ratio) of Land Rate (LR) in
Rs./Sq.m. of the plot under redevelopment as per the Annual Statements of Rates (ASR) and Rate of
Construction (RC)* in Rs./Sq.m. applicable to the area as per the ASR and shall be as given in the
Table No.15B below:-
Explanation:-
* RC is the rate of construction in respect of R.C.C. Construction, as published by the Chief
Controlling Revenue Authority & Inspector General of Registration, Maharashtra State in the
Annual Statements of Rates.
Provided that the above incentive shall be subject to the availability of the FSI on the Plot under
redevelopment and its distribution by MHADA.
Provided further that in case there are more than one land rate applicable to different parts of the
plot under redevelopment, a weighted average of all applicable rates shall be taken for calculating
the Average Land Rate and the Basic Ratio.
Provided further that the Land Rate (LR) and the Rate of Construction (RC) for calculation of the
Basic Ratio shall be taken for the year in which the redevelopment project is approved by the
authority competent to approve it.
2.2) Where redevelopment of buildings in the existing Housing Schemes of MHADA is undertaken
by MHADA or jointly by the MHADA alongwith the housing societies or the occupiers of such
building or by the lessees of MHADA, the Rehabilitation Area Entitlement, incentive FSI and
sharing of balance FSI shall be as follows:
A)Rehabilitation Area Entitlement: The Rehabilitation Area Entitlement shall be increased by
10% of the existing carpet area, over and above the Rehabilitation Area Entitlement calculated in
(A) of 2.1 above, subject to the maximum of the size of MIG prescribed by the Government in the
Housing Department.
B) Incentive FSI: Incentive FSI shall be the same as in (B) of 2.1 above.
C) Sharing of the balance FSI: Sharing of the balance FSI shall be the same as in FAÇADE of
2.1.
3) For the purpose of calculating the FSI, the entire area of the layout including Development Plan
roads and internal roads but excluding the land under the reservation of public amenities shall be
considered. Sub-division of plots shall be permissible on the basis of the compulsory open
spaces as in these Regulations. For low cost housing schemes of MHADA for EWS/LIG
categories, the prevailing Regulations of the DCRshall apply.
Provided that there shall be no restriction on the utilization of the FSI permissible under this
Regulation except for the restrictions under any law, rule or regulation.
4) For the purpose of this Regulation the carpet areas for EWS, LIG or MIG tenements shall be as
determined by the Government from time to time.
5) a) For providing the requisite infrastructure for the increased population, an infrastructure charge
at the rate of 7% of the Land Rate as per the ASR of the year of approval of the redevelopment
project shall be chargeable for the extra FSI (excluding the fungible FSI) granted over and above
the normal FSI admissible for the redevelopment schemes. 50% of the Infrastructure Charge
levied and collected by MHADA shall be transferred to the Municipal Corporation for
developing necessary off site infrastructure.
b) No premium shall be charged for the FSI admissible as per the prevailing regulations
(i) Construction of EWS/LIG and MIG tenements by MHADA on a vacant plot, or(ii) in a
redevelopment project for the construction of EWS/LIG and MIG tenements towards the share
of MHADA, or (iii) for rehabilitation component of a redevelopment project.
7) a) In any Redevelopment Scheme where the Co-operative Housing Society Developer appointed
by the Co-operative Housing Society has obtained No Objection Certificate from the MHADA,
thereby sanctioning additional balance FSI with the consent of 70% of its members and where
such NOC holder has made provision for alternative accommodation in the proposed building
(including transit accommodation), then it shall be obligatory for all the occupiers / members to
participate in the Redevelopment Scheme and vacate the existing tenements for the purpose of
redevelopment. In case of failure to vacate the existing tenements, the provisions of section 9A
of the MHAD Act mutatis mutandis shall apply for the purpose of getting the tenements vacated
from the not co-operative members.
86 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
b) For redevelopment of buildings in any existing Housing Scheme of MHADA under clause 2.2
hereinabove, by MHADA, the consent of the Co-operative Housing Society in the form of a
valid Resolution as per the Co-operative Societies Act, 1960 will be sufficient. In respect of
members not co-operating as per approval of the redevelopment project, action under section
95(A) of the Maharashtra Housing and Area Development Act, 1976 may be taken by MHADA.
8) A corpus fund, as may be decided by MHADA, shall be created by the Developer which shall
remain with the Co-operative Housing Societies for the maintenance of the new buildings under
the Rehabilitation Component.
1) FSI to be allowed for such redevelopment proposal shall be base FSI permissible under
these regulations or the FSI consumed by the existing authorized building whichever is
more. In addition to this minimum 10 sq. mt. built up area per Residential flat shall be
allowed as incentive to the owner excluding bungalow.
2) All the occupants of the old building shall be re-accommodated in the redeveloped building.
3) In case of fire gutted buildings the conditions of more than 30 years age of buildings shall
not be made applicable, provided the structural stability certificate from nearest Govt.
Engineering College shall be necessary.
However as per the road width if the potentialof the Plot is more than what is mention above,
then the balance potential available on plot after deducting rehab and incentive FSImay be
allowed to be utilized to that extent by the way of TDR or Additional FSI on payment of
premium if any.
(b) All the certified tenants of the old building shall be re-accommodated in the redeveloped
building. Each tenant shall be rehabilitated and given free of cost the carpet area occupied by
him for residential purpose in the old building subject to the minimum carpet area of 27.87sq.
mt. or existing carpet area whichever is more subject to maximum carpet area upto 70 sqmt.
(753 sqft.) . In case of non-residential occupier the area to be given in the reconstructed building
shall be equivalent to the area occupied in the old building.
Provided that if the carpet area under Residential use exceeds 70 sq.mt., the cost of
construction for Area exceeding 70 sq.mt.shall be paid by tenant / occupant to the developer.
The cost of construction shall be as per the ready reckoner rate of that year. The carpet area
exceeding 70 sq.mt. shall be considered for rehab FSI but shall not be consider for incentive FSI.
(c) In case of fire gutted buildings the conditions of more than 30 years age of buildings shall
not be made applicable, provided the structural stability certificate from nearest Govt.
Engineering College shall be necessary.
Note:-
(1) For the purpose of deciding authenticity of the structure if the approved plans of existing
structure are not available, the Commissioner shall consider other evidences such as Assessment
Record or City Survey Record or Sanad.
(2) In case where the reare number of buildings. On plot, in such cases, equivalent land component
of the buildings which his declared unsafe shall be worked out and incentive FSI shall be based
on such land component.
(3) Reconstruction of the building on the plot shall conform to the provisions of the sanctioned
Development Planand sanctioned Development Control Regulations.
(5) The carpet area of part or parts of the new building intended to be used as non-residential use
shall not exceed the carpet area of part or parts of the original building so used
(7) An amount as may be decided by the Government shall be paid by the Owner /Developer /
Society as additional Development Cess for the builtup area over and above the Base FSI. A
88 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
corpus fund as decided by the Municipal Commissioner is to be created by the Developer which
will take care of the maintenance of the building for a period of 10 years.
In case of the Navi Mumbai Notified Area, the CIDCO as land owner may recover lease
premium for additional F.S.I. if applicable under land disposal policy of CIDCO.
Provided that additional FSI above 100% and upto 200% shall be permissible onlyon plots
having an access road of minimum 18 meters width.
Provided further that, the premium so collected shall be shared between the Planning Authority
and the Government in the proportion of 50 : 50. The share of the Government shall be paid to the
concerned Branch office of the Town Planning Department. (Explanation: - Premium charges shall
be calculated on the value of lands under such zones, determined by considering the land rates of
the said land as prescribed in Annual Statement of Rates (ASR). These charges shall be paid at the
time of permitting additional F.S.I. by considering the ASR for the relevant year without applying
the guidelines)
2) No premium shall be chargeable in Municipal Corporation areas, if they are covered under
No Industry Districts and Naxalism affected areas of the State ( as defined in the " Package Scheme
of Incentives-2013" of the Industries, Energy & Labour Department of the State ).
3) The total maximum permissible F.S.I. shall not exceed limit of 3.00.
4) Maximum 40% of total proposed Built-up area (excluding parking area) inclusive of such
additional F.S.I. may be permitted for support services in IT Parks in Municipal Corporations which
are not covered under Serial No.4 above and remaining built-up area shall be utilized for IT/ITES.
5) New said unit shall allocate at least 2% of the total proposed built-up area, for providing
incubation facilities for new units. This area would be treated as a part of the Park to be used for IT
activities and eligible for additional FSI benefits accordingly.
6) Premium to be received by the Planning Authority as per provisions in this regulation shall
be deposited in a separate fund viz. "Critical Infrastructure Fund for IT/ITES Industries" and this
fund shall be utilized only for creation of Critical Infrastructure for IT/ITES Industries;
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 89
Provided that in the event, the developer come forward for providing such off site
infrastructure at his own cost, instead of paying premium as prescribedabove, then the Planning
Authority may determine the estimated cost of the work by using rates prescribed in District
Schedule of Rates (DSR) of the relevant year, in which order for commencement of such work is
issued. The Planning Authorityshall also prescribe the standards for the work. After completion of
the works, the Planning Authority shall verify and satisfy itself that the same is developed as per
prescribed standards and thereafter, by deducting the cost of works, the balance amount of premium
shall be recovered from such developer before issuing Occupancy Certificate.
Provided that, in case the cost of work is more than the premium to be recovered, such
additional cost to be borned by such developer.
7) Permission for erecting towers and antenna upto height permitted by the Civil Aviation
Department shall be granted by the Commissioner as per the procedure followed for development
permission or otherwise as may be decided by the Government.
8) While developing site for IT/ITES with additional FSI, support services as defined in the IT
Policy 2015, shall be allowed.
12) The Directorate of industries will develop a web portal on which the developer of every IT
park will be bound to provide / update detailed information about names of the units in the park,
utilization of built-up area and activities being carried out, manpower employed in the It Park for
IT/ITES and support services on yearly basis.
If a private IT park has availed additional FSI as per the provisions of IT/ITES policy and
subsequently it is found that the built-up space in the park is being used for non IT/ITES /
commercial activities / any other activity not permitted as per the IT/ITES policy under which the
said park was approved, a penal action as below will be taken, the payment shall be shared between
the concerned Planning Authority and the Government in the ratio of 3:1.
a) The misuse shall be ascertained by physical site verification of the said private IT park by
a team of officers from the Directorate of industries and the Planning Authority which has approved
the building plans of the said private IT park.
b) )A per day penalty equal to 0.3% of the prevailing ready reckoner value of the built-up area
that has been found to be used for non- IT/ITES activities.
c) The penalty will be recovered from the date of commencement of unauthorized use till the
day non IT use continues.
After payment of the penalty to the concerned Planning Authority which has sanctioned the
building plans of the concerned private IT park, the said private IT Park will restore the use of
premises to the original purpose for which LOI/ Registration was granted. If the private IT Park
90 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
fails to pay penalty and / or restore the use to its original intended use, the concerned Planning
Authority will take suitable action under the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act 1966,
against the erring private IT Park under intimation to the Directorate of Industries. This provision
will also be applicable to existing IT Parks.
A. DEFINITION-
The Biotechnology Units/ Parks shall mean Biotechnology units/ parks which are certified by the
Development Commissioner (Industries) or any officer authorised by him in his behalf. The
Biotechnology Park and unit/units outside park shall have minimum land area of 2 acres or 20000
sq.ft. built up area. The said requirement of 20000 sq.ft. shall be as per normal permissible FSI and
without considering permissible additional FSI/ TDR/ Free of FSI area.
B. BIOTECHNOLOGY UNITS/ PARKS TO BE ALLOWED IN INDUSTRIAL ZONE-
Biotechnology Units/Parks shall be permitted in Industrial Zone on all plots fronting on roads
having width more than 12 meter.
C. BIOTECHNOLOGY UNITS/PARK TO BE ALLOWED IN NO DEVELOPMENT ZONE
EARMARKED IN THE DEVELOPMENT PLAN.
i) Out of total built up area minimum 90% shall be used for Biotechnology purpose and maximum
10% (by deducting parking space) shall be used for ancillary users such as specified in the Govt.
Resolution of Industry, Energy and Labour Department. No. BTP 2008/CR-1608/Ind-2, dated
10/2/09.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 91
ii) Additional FSI to Biotechnology units would be available to Biotechnology Parks duly approved
by the Directorate of Industries and after observance of all the regulation of environment.
iii) Parking spaces, as per the provision of Development Control Regulation shall be provided
subject to minimum requirement of one parking space per 100 sq.mt. built up area.
iv) The additional FSI shall be granted upon payment of premium which shall be paid in the manner
as may be determined by the Government. Such premium shall be recovered at the rate of 25%
of the present day market value of the land under reference as indicated in the Ready Reckoner.
v) 25% of the total premium shall be paid to the Govt. and remaining 75% amount shall be paid to
the said Authority.
vi) The premium so collected by the Planning Authorities shall be primarily used for development
of offsite infrastructure required for the Biotechnology Parks.
vii)In the event, the developer comes forward for provision of such off site infrastructure at his own
cost, then the said Planning Authority shall determine the estimated cost of the works and shall
also prescribe the standards for the work. After completion of the works the said Planning
Authority shall verify as to whether the same is as per prescribed standards and thereafter, by
deducting the cost of works, the balance amount of premium shall be recovered by the said
Planning Authority.
viii)Nocondonation in the required open spaces, parking and other requirement prescribed in the
regulations shall be allowed in case of additional FSI.
ix) Development of biotechnology park shall be done as per the guidelines issued by Industries
Department vide the said resolution
*******
92 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
PART VI
SPECIAL SCHEMES, AND THEIR REGULATIONS
The Municipal Commissioner may allow the development of tourism activities in Agriculture
/Green Zone/ No Development Zone and other developable zone, as per following terms &
conditions-
1) General Conditions –
Where the lands are located in unique/picturesque area, particularly suitable for development of
tourism in view of existing water body, scenic beauty, tree plantation or geological formation
etc.such area can be specified as Tourism Development Zone on request of land owner. The
minimum area of such site, however, shall not be less than 1.00Ha.Tourism Development Zone can
be developed by individual or company or partnership firm or Government / Semi-government
Organizations / Corporations.
On the request of owner/applicant, Tourism Development Zone shall be identified by the following
Committee taking into consideration the location of area and its surrounding –
Constitution of committee -
Sr.No. Name Position
i Municipal Commissioner Chairman
ii Regional officer MTDC Member
iii Environmentalist to be appointed by Municipal Member
Commissioner
iv District Head of Town Planning Department Member
v Deputy / Assistant Director of Town Planning, / City Member
Engineer / Head of Planning Department, Municipal Secretary
Corporation
This Committee may be called “Tourism Development Zone Committee” (TDZC). The tenure of
the member at Sr.No.3 shall be of 3 years; however, the same person shall be eligible for
reappointment as a member.
2) Condition for development
i) Maximum permissible FSI on the land situated in agriculture / green zone/ no development zone
identified for Tourism development zone shall be 0.25 of net plot area.
Provided that, Tourism Development Zone as identified in Developable Zone shall be granted
FSI as permissible for that zone in these DCR.
ii) The uses like resort, Holiday camp, recreational activities, amusement park, may be permitted in
this zone.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 93
iii) If the site is located adjacent to forts, archaeological and historical monuments, the
development shall be governed by the rules prescribed by the archaeological department.
iv) No development shall be permissible within 500 m. from full reservoir level (FRL) of the
irrigation projects on the upstream side and within such distance as may be prescribed under
river zone management guidelines on the down-stream side, except for existing congested area
(gaothan) and its 100 m. Periphery and except for the purpose of restoration, conservation,
improvement, maintenance and management of the places of recreational and tourism value and
projects.
v) If the site is located near natural lakes, then, development shall be governed by the following
30.1 Applicability:
This regulation will apply to those buildings, artefacts, structures, areas and precincts of historic
and/or architectural and /or cultural significance (hereinafter as ‘Listed Buildings/Heritage
Buildings and listed precincts/Heritage precincts’) and those natural features of environmental
significance including scared graves, hills, hillocks, water bodies(and the areas adjoining the same)
etc.
30.2 Preparation of list of Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and Natural Features.
The Municipal Commissioner in consultation with Heritage Conservation Committee, shall prepare
list of buildings, artefacts, areas and precincts of historic and /or cultural significance and the list of
those natural features of environmental significance including sacred graves, hills, hillocks, water
bodies (and areas adjoining the same) etc. to which this regulation applies. Whenever such list is to
94 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
The Municipal Commissioner shall issue public notice in the local newspapers declaring his
intention to include the buildings, artefacts, areas and precincts of historic and /or cultural
significance and the list of natural features of environmental significance, including sacred graves,
hills, hillocks, water bodies etc. and invite objections and suggestions from any person in respect of
the proposed inclusion within a period of 30 days from the date of such notice.
The Municipal Commissioner shall issue notice to the owner of the buildings, artefacts, areas and
precincts of historic and/or cultural significance etc. and invite objections and suggestions from
such person in respect of proposed inclusion within 30 days from the date of such notice.
The Municipal Commissioner on respect of any objections or suggestions shall decide the same
after giving hearing to the objector.
Provided that, the Municipal Commissioner may supplement or amend the list from time to time
either suo-moto or on the advice of the Heritage Committee after following the procedure as
described above.
Provided further that, any draft list published as above, shall be the part these regulations after
sanction by the Government.
(D) Procedure
Development permission for Development permission for Development permission for
the changes would be given the changes / additional the changes / additional
by the Commissioner on the construction would be given construction would be given
advice of the Heritage by the Commissioner on the by the Commissioner on the
Conservation Committee. advice of Heritage advice of the Heritage
Conservation Committee. Conservation Committee.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 97
i) The Committee shall have the powers to co-opt up to three additional members who may have
lesser experience, but who have special knowledge of the subject. Provided that additional
members may be co-opted for special purpose or on sub-committees of the Heritage
Conservation Committee.
ii) The tenure of the Members of Category 1 to 6 above shall change after three years, provided
however that the same person shall be eligible for reappointment as Member.
iii) The Heritage Committee shall come into existence with effect from the date of its publication in
the Official Gazette.
iv) No act of the committee done in good faith shall be deemed to be invalid by reason only of
some defect subsequently discovered in the Organization of the Committee or in the
Constitution of the Committee or in appointment of the Member or on the ground that such
member was disqualified for being appointed.
v) The Chairman and in his absence the Vice-Chairman of the Committee shall preside over the
meetings of the Committee
(i) To advise the Municipal Commissioner whether development permission should be granted
under this Regulation and the conditions of such permission.
(ii) To prepare a list or supplementary list of building artefacts, structures, areas precincts of
historic aesthetic architectural cultural significance and a supplementary list of natural
features of environmental significance including scared groves, hills, hillocks etc. water
bodies (and the areas adjoining the same) to which this regulation would apply.
(iii) To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration, or variance of any of the
Development Control and Promotion Regulations is called for.
(iv) To suggest amendments, changes or special regulations or modification to regulations for
listed buildings and the heritage precincts regulated under these regulations and to advice the
Municipal Commissioner regarding the same.
(v) To advise on the extent of Development Rights to be granted to the owners of listed Building
of the Heritage Precincts.
(vi) To advise whether development Rights Certificates may be allowed to be consumed in a
heritage precinct.
(vii) To advise whether to allow commercial /office user of any listed building of Heritage
Precincts and when to terminate the same.
(viii) To advise the Commissioner to regulate erection of outside advertisement/bill boards.
(ix) To recommend to the Commissioner guidelines to be adopted by those private parties who
sponsor beautification schemes at public intersection and elsewhere.
(x) To recommend to the Commissioner to evaluate the cost of repairs to be given to the owners
to bring the existing building back to the original condition. For this purpose the Committee
may also try to help the Municipal Commissioner to raise funds through private sources.
(xi) To prepare special designs and elements and guidelines for listed buildings and control of
height and essential façade characteristics such as maintenance of the buildings and to suggest
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 99
suitable design adopting new materials for replacements keeping the old form intact to the
extent possible.
(xii) To prepare guideline relating to design elements and conservation principles to be adhered to
and to prepare other guideline for the purpose of this regulation.
(xiii)To advice the Municipal Commissioner on any other issue as may be required from time to
time during course of scrutiny of development permissions and in overall interest
ofheritage/environmental conservation.
30.11 POWER TO ALTER, MODIFY OR RELAX REGULATIONS:
On advice of the said Heritage Conservation Committee and for reasons to recorded in writing, the
Municipal Commissioner may alter, modify or relax the provisions of other Regulations of the
Development Control Regulation / Building Bye-laws (hereinafter referred to as “the said
Regulations) with the previous sanction of the State Government if it is needed for the
conservations, preservation or retention of historic and / or aesthetic and / or cultural and / or
architectural quality of any listed buildings / heritage buildings or listed precincts /heritage
precincts and preservation of any listed natural features and or environment.
*******
100 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
PART - VII
REGULATION FOR SPECIAL ACTIVITIES
(vi) Public buildings in slum areas, like public toilets, community centres etc., constructed by
any Public Authority or to be constructed by the TSP/IP, where construction of Roof Top
Towers shall be permissible, subject to maintenance and compliance of other terms and
conditions specified by the Municipal Commissioner.
(b) No permission for installation of TCS/BS shall be granted in ecologically important areas,
without ecological impact assessment and review of installation site. The Forest Department
should be consulted before installation of TCS/BS in and-around protected areas and Zoos.
(c) The TCS/BS must have clear access by means of an existing road having minimum width of 6
m. for locations falling in Core area as earmarked on DP and 9 m., for locations falling outside
such Core area. However, in exceptional circumstances, the Municipal Commissioner may relax
such road width suitably, but in no case, shall it be less than 5 m.
(d) In case of both ground-based towers and roof-top towers, there shall be no nearby buildings
right in front of the antenna(e) of equivalent height, taking into account the tilt of the lowest
antenna on tower, as per the details in the Table No. 16below:-
Table No. 16
Sr. No. Number of Antenna(e) Pointed in Building/ Structure Safe Distance from the
the Same Direction Antenna (e) at the Same Height (in m.)
1 2 3
1 1 20
2 2 35
3 4 45
4 6 55
Provided that the antennae at the same height only are to be counted, as the beam width of mobile
antennae, in the vertical direction, is very narrow.
(Explanation.-The distance figures in the above Table are based on empirical estimation
considering that all the antennae are emitting at their maximum RF power of 20 Watts and exactly
in the same direction with the same height.)
Provided further that above norms shall automatically stand revised as per the latest guidelines,
issued by the DoT from time to time.
(e) In case of Wall Mounted/Pole Mounted Antenna(e) :-
(i) Wherever the antennae are mounted on the wall of a building or pole or along the road, their
height should be atleast 5 m., above ground level/road level. Provided that such installations shall
have to comply with the prescribed radiation limits.
(ii) As far as safe distance of buildings from antenna (e) is concerned, guidelines as in Regulation
No.31.5 (d) above shall apply.
(f) Installation of Base Station antenna (e) shall not be permissible within the premises of schools,
colleges, and hospitals as well as on the adjoining land /building within 3 m., from the boundary of
premises of schools, colleges and hospitals. Also antenna (e) shall not be directed/ positioned
towards any school/college/ hospital building.
(g) The existing Base Station antenna(e) approved earlier on any school/college/ hospital, building
shall not be renewed further after the expiry of period of approval and the same shall be removed
immediately thereafter, subject to the provisions of Regulation No.31.7 (d).
104 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
(h) Access to Base Station Antenna site shall be prohibited for the general public, by putting in
place suitable measures such as wire-fencing, locking of the door to the roof, etc.
(i) The roof-top TCS, IBS towers shall be put only on buildings which are declared structurally
strong enough to bear the load of such installation. The base connection to the building should be
got designed from a qualified structural engineer. Structural safety certificate of the composite
structure [Building + Tower(s)] shall have to be obtained from any of the recognized Government
Institutes.
(j) While according permission for installation of TCS/BS, permissible for erection of a cabin at
ground level may be granted. However, the same shall not be allowed in the prescribed marginal
distances. The area of such cabin shall not be morethan 20 sq.mt. for each TSP/IP, subject to the
certificate of structural safety. Built-up area of such cabin(s) shall not be counted towards built-up
area or FSI.
(k) No permission for installation of TCS/BS shall be granted on buildings which are unauthorized
and structurally unsafe. If permission for installation of such structures is granted on a building,
which is declared as unauthorized at a later point of time, the Municipal Commissioner shall first
take recourse to the provisions of sections 52, 53, 54 and 55 of the Maharashtra Regional and
Town Planning Act, 1966 or other relevant laws, as the case may be, against such unauthorized
building and in case the Municipal Commissioner, after completing the due process of law, decides
to undertake any action of demolition against such unauthorised building then such decision shall
also be conveyed to the concerned TSP/IP with a direction to relocate the TCS/BS within a period
of 90days, after which the Municipal Commissioner shall not be under any obligation to send any
further intimation to the TSP/IP concerned before demolishing such unauthorised building, and it
shall not be liable to pay compensation for the loss of the Base Station as a consequence of the
demolition of the unauthorised building. The TSP/IP shall indemnify the Municipal Commissioner
to this effect, while seeking permission for installation of TCS/BS.
(l) Permission for installation of TCS/BS, once granted shall remain valid for next 5 years. The
TSP/IP shall apply for renewal of permission to the Municipal Commissioner. The Municipal
Commissioner, while considering renewal, shall insist upon submission of fresh structural stability
certificate for buildings more than 30 years of age. Administrative fee shall be levied and collected
as prescribed in Regulation No.31.4 (b) hereinabove, for every such renewal. If TSP/IP fails to
apply for renewal alongwith all necessary documents before the expiry of earlier permission, then
such TSP/IP shall be liable for action under the provisions of the Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act, 1966.
(m) In case of any existing TCS/BS on a slum structure, every effort shall be made to relocate such
TCS/BS on a nearby suitable public building or any other authorised structure or open land in the
slum. If such relocation is not possible, then such TCS/BS may be allowed to be continued on such
slum structure subject to its structural suitability, till the TCS/BS is shifted to any other authorised
structure or till the redevelopment of the slum, whichever is earlier.
(n) While granting permission for TCS/BS, the Municipal Commissioner shall stipulate that
TSP/IP shall conduct regular audit in accordance with the directions/guidelines issued by TERM
Cell or DoT from time to time.
(b) The Electro-Magnetic Field (EMF) radiation from BTS towers shall be subject to the
regulations framed by the DoT from time to time. The TSP/IP shall periodically conduct audit and
monitor EMF radiation in Urban localities, hospitals and educational/industrial /residential /
recreational premises, especially around the Protected Areas (PAs) and ecologically sensitive
areas, in accordance with the guidelines issued by DoT in this regard. It shall be binding on TSP/
IP to follow the mechanism prescribed by the DoT/TERM Cell at local level for ensuring control
on the EMF radiation and for notifying on continual basis the radiation level at critical location.
For all the existing as well as new BTSs/Towers, TSPs are required to submit self-certificates
periodically inthe format prescribed by TEC, DoT, in order to ensure that normally all general
public areas around the TCS/BS site are within the safe EMR exposure limits. Audit of the self-
certification furnished by the TSPs shall be done by the TERM Cell periodically. TERM Cell shall
carry out test audit of the BTS sites on random basis as per the guidelines received from DoT and
also in respect of al1cases where there is a public complaint. The TERM Cell shall have due regard
to the instructions issued by DoT regarding technical audit of TCS/BS, including radiation of
towers within safe limits. These shall include Roof Top/Ground Based./Pole Mounted/Wall
Mounted Towers. The TERM Cell shall also verify antenna orientation, safe distance from the
Tower (exclusion zone) etc. For non-compliance of EMF standards, Telecom Service Provider
shall be liable for penal action by the TERM Cell and/or Department of Telecommunication
(DoT). Any violation noticed may attract heavy penalties on TSPs and may also lead to shut down
of TCS/ BS, in case the violation persists.
(e) The Licensees shall try to share the tower for fixing their respective antennae provided the
prescribed conditions are duty fulfilled, so as to ensure curtailing of multiple towers and
optimizing the use of the existing ones.
(f) Sign boards and Warning signs ("Danger", "RF Radiation", "Restricted Area", "Don't Enter"
etc.)shall be provided at TCS/BS antenna sites which are clearly visible and identifiable.
(g) The TSP/IP shall display the details of the following on a board (minimum size 24" x 48")
separately or prominently on the cabin, for the perusal of general public in such a way that the
same shall be clearly visible and identifiable.
i. Name of TSP/IP :-
ii. Location :-
iii. Tower Reference :-
(a) Height, (b) Weight (c) Number of antennae planned on tower, (d) Permissible EMF radiation
level (e) Proposed EMF radiation level.
iv. Due date for next renewal.
v. Contact Person's name, address and Telephone Number
vi. Address of Complaint Redressing Authority with Telephone Numbers
vii. Police Control Room- 100
viii. Fire Control Room – 101
ix. Ambulance – 102
x. Other important information, if any.
Provided that in case of Telecommunication Cell Site/Base station on roof-top, the fore said
information shall be displayed on the ground floor of the building.
(h) The Municipal Commissioner shall display the list of authorized TCS/BS on their official web
site, along with the date of permission and due date for renewal of permission.
(i) TCS/BS Tower shall be inspected for distortion of members, torques of nuts and bolts at least
once in five years. However, in case of areas affected by any natural calamity, such as cyclone,
earthquake, flood, etc., such inspection shall be carried out immediately after such incident suo-
motoor on being directed by the Municipal Commissioner. Such inspection shall be carried out
only by a qualified structural engineer and a certificate to that effect shall be submitted to the
Municipal Commissioner.
(j) TCS/BS Towers located in highly corrosive environment shall be painted every year. Other
towers shall be painted at least once in five years to give additional protection.
(k) The Municipal Commissioner shall make efforts to provide Single Window clearance to TSP/
IP for disposal of their applications in a time bound manner.
8. During quarrying operations, the water should be sprayed at least once in a day over the roads
at quarry sites and nearby area.
9. Kachha road leading to quarry site shall be invariably sprayed by water during the period when
trucks use carrying murum. In addition, in order to minimize dust pollution, measurers such as
adoption of hoods at transfer points, vulcanizing of conveyer belt joints, under belt cleaning
devices, apart from installation of dust extrication system for conveyance shall be adopted. The
kachha road leading to the quarry shall have roadside plantation in order to arrest the dust
pollution.
10.No Quarrying and crushing shall be permitted if a highway or public road having width of 30m.
or more, railway line or any human settlement is located within 200m. from the quarrying site.
However, for quarrying with blasting operations, the distance shall be at least 500 m.
11.Residences for labourers and related temporary structures should be constructed at least 500
meters away from the place of blasting as well as from the place of quarrying. Heavy blasting
by use of heavy machinery shall be prohibited.
12.The development permission for quarrying shall be granted for period of 1 year and may be
revalidated every year for a maximum period of 3 years. After this fresh permission for further
quarrying will be necessary. In granting such fresh permission, the MunicipalCommissioner
shall have regard to the applicant’s performance in observing the approved excavation and
restoration plans, and in carrying out the quarrying operations in accordance with these
guidelines.
*******
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 109
PART - VIII
SPECIAL PROVISIONS IN CERTAIN BUILDINGS
i.i) Ramped Approach – Ramp shall be finished with non-slip material to enter the building.
Minimum width of ramp shall be 1800mm with maximum gradient 1:12. Length of ramp shall not
exceed 9.0 meter having 800mm high hand rail on both sides extending 300mm beyond top and
bottom of the ramp. Minimum gap from the adjacent wall to the hand rail shall be 50mm.
i.ii) Stepped Approach:- For stepped approach size of tread shall not be less than 300mm and
maximum riser shall be 150mm. Provision of 800mm high hand rail on both sides of the stepped
approach similar to the ramped approach.
i.iii) Exit/Entrance Door:- Minimum & clear opening of the entrance door shall be 900mm and it
shall not be provided with a step that obstructs the passage of a wheel chair user. Threshold shall
not be raised more than 12mm.
i.iv) Entrance Landing:- Entrance landing shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the minimum
dimension 1800mm x 2000mm. The entrance landing that adjoins the top end of a slope shall be
provided with floor materials to attract the attention of visually impaired person’s (limited to
coloured floor material whose colour and brightness is conspicuously different from that of the
surrounding floor material or the material that emits different sound to guide visually impaired
persons hereinafter referred to as “guiding floor material”. Finishes shall have a non-slip surface
with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Curbs wherever provided should blend to a common
level.
ii) Corridor connecting the entrance / exit for the handicapped: The corridor connecting the
entrance / exit for handicapped leading directly outdoors to a place where information concerning
the overall use of the specified building can be provided to visually impaired persons either by a
person or by signs, shall be provided as follows:
a) Guiding floor materials’ shall be provided or device that emits sound to guide visually impaired
persons.
b) The minimum width shall be 1500mm.
c) In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with a slope of 1:12.
d) Hand rails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.
iii) Stair-ways - One of the stair-ways – near the entrance / exit for the handicapped shall have the
following provisions:
a) The minimum width shall be 1350 mm
b) Height of the riser shall not be more than 150 mm and width of the tread 300mm. The steps
shall not have abrupt (square) nosing.
c) Maximum number of risers on a flight shall be limited to 12.
d) Hand rails shall be provided on both sides and shall extend
300 mm on the top and bottom of each flight of steps.
iv) Lifts -Wherever lift is required as per bye-laws, provision of at least one lift shall be made for
the wheel chair user with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended for passenger lift of
13 persons capacity of Bureau of Indian Standards.
Clear internal width 1100 mm
Clear internal width 2000 mm
Entrance door width 900 mm
a) A hand rail not less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed adjacent to the
control panel.
b) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 1800 mm or more.
c) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and the closing speed
should not exceed 0.25 m/sec.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 111
d) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates the floor, the cage
has reached indicates that the door of the cage of entrance/exit is either open or closed.
v) Toilets -One special W.C. in a set of toilets shall be provided for the use of handicapped with
essential provision of washbasin near the entrance for the handicapped.
i) The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1750 mm.
ii) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900mm and the door shall swing out.
iii) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm clearance from wall shall be
made in the toilet.
iv) The W.C. seat shall be 500mm from the floor.
vi) Drinking Water:- Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for the handicapped near
the special toilet provided for them.
vii) Designing for Children:- In the buildings meant for the pre-dominant use of the children, it
will be necessary to suitably alter the height of the handrail and other fittings & fixtures, etc.
E ) Explanatory notes:-
2) Proper signage:-
Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the handicapped persons
should be done with proper signals. Visually impaired persons make use of other senses such as
hearing and touch to compensate for the lack of vision, whereas visual signals benefit those with
hearing disabilities.
Signs should be designed and located so that they are easily legible by using suitable letter size
(not less than 20 mm high). For visually impaired persons, information board in brail should be
installed on the wall at a suitable height and it should be possible to approach them closely. To
ensure safe walking, there should not be any protruding sign which creates obstruction in walking.
Public Address System may also be provided in busy public areas.
The symbols/information should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated because people
with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primary colours. International Symbol
Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet, staircase, parking areas, etc., that have been
provided for differently abled.
112 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
SCHEDULE
Rain Water Harvesting in a building site includes storage or recharging the ground water by
rainwater falling on the terrace or any paved or unpaved surface within the building site.
1. The following systems may be adopted for harvesting the rainwater drawn from terrace and the
paved surface.
i) Open well of a minimum 1.00 mt diameter and 6mt in depth into which rain water may be
channelled and allowed to filter for removing silt and floating material. The well shall be provided
with ventilating covers. The water from the open well may be used for non-potable domestic
purposes such as washing, flushing and for watering the garden etc.
ii) Rain Water Harvesting for recharge of groundwater may be done through a bore-well around
which a pit of 1m width may be excavated upto a depth of at least 3m and refilled with stone
aggregate and sand. The filtered rain water may be channelled to the refilled pit for recharging the
bore-well.
iii) An impressive surface/underground storage tank of required capacity may be constructed in
the setback or other open spaces and the rain water may be channelled to the storage tank. The
storage tank shall always be provided with ventilating covers and shall have drawn-off taps
suitably placed so that rain water may be drawn off for domestic, washing, gardening and such
other purposes. The storage tank shall be provided with an overflow.
iv) The surplus rain water after storage may be recharged in to ground through percolation pits or
trenches or combination of pits and trenches. Depending on the geo-morphological and
topographical conditions, the pits may be of the size of 1.20 m width X 1.20 m length X 2 m to
2.50 m depth. The trenches can be of 0.60 m width X 2 to 6 m length X 1.50 to 2 m depth. Terrace
water shall be channelled to pits or trenches. Such pits or trenches shall be back filled with filter
media comprising the following materials :
a) 40 mm stone aggregate as bottom layer upto 50% of the depth.
b) 20 mm stone aggregate as lower middle layer upto 20% of the depth.
c) Coarse sand as upper middle layer upto 20% of the depth.
d) A thin layer of fine sand as top layer.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 113
e) Top 10% of the pits/trenches will be empty and a splash is to be provided in this portion in such
a way that roof top water falls on the splash pad.
f) Brick masonry wall is to be constructed on the exposed surface of pits/trenches and the cement
mortar plastered. The depth of wall below ground shall be such that the wall prevents lose soil
entering into pits/ trenches. The projection of the wall above ground shall at least be 15 cm.
g) Perforated concrete slabs shall be provided on the pits/trenches.
h) If the open space surrounding the building is not paved, the top layer up to a sufficient depth
shall be removed and refilled with coarse sand to allow percolation of rain water into ground.
v) The terrace shall be connected to the open well/bore-well/storage tank/ recharge pit/trench by
means of HDPE / PVC pipes through filter media. A valve system shall be provided to enable the
first washing from roof or terrace catchment, as they would contain undesirable dirt. The mouth of
all pipes and opening shall be covered with mosquito (insect) proof wire net. For the efficient
discharge of rain water, there shall be at least two rain water pipes of 100 mm dia. for a roof area
of 100 sq.m.
vi) Rain Water Harvesting structures shall be sited as not to endanger the stability of building or
earthwork. The structure shall be designed such that no dampness is caused in any part of the walls
or foundation of the building or those of an adjacent building.
vii) The water so collected/recharged shall as far as possible be used for non-drinking and non-
cooking purpose. Provided that when the rain water in exceptional circumstances will be utilised
for drinking and/or cooking purpose, it shall be ensured that proper filter arrangement and the
separate outlet for bypassing the first rain water has been provided. Provided further that, it will be
ensured that for such use, proper disinfectants and the water purification arrangements have been
made.
Solar water heating systems should be made in the building for hospitals, hotels, hostels, guest
houses, police men/army barracks, canteens, laboratories and research institutions, school and
colleges and other institutes.
1) The solar water heating system should be mandatory in the hospitals and hotels, where the hot
water requirement is of continuous nature. In these building the system must be provided with
auxiliary backup system.
2) The use of solar water heating system is recommended in following type of building in
Government/Semi-Government and institutional building where the hot water requirement may not
be continuous / permanent.
i. Guest Houses.
ii. Police men/Army barracks.
iii. Canteens.
iv. Laboratory and Research Institutions where hot water is needed.
v. Hostels, Schools, Colleges and Other Institutes.
3) The installation of gas instantaneous water heaters or the electrical back-up in all such water
heating system shall be optional depending on the nature of requirement of the hot water.
4) It is suggested that solar water heating system of the capacity of about 100 litres per day based
on thermo-symphonic system with necessary electrical back-up be installed at residential building
like hostels.
114 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
5) In order to facilitate the installation of solar water heating system, the new building shall have
the following provisions:-
i) All such buildings where solar water heating systems are to be installed will have
open sunny roof area available for installation of solar water heating system.
ii) The roof loading adopted in the design of such building should be at least 50 kg per
sq.m. for the installation of solar water heating system.
iii) A Solar water heating system can also be integrated with the building design.
These can either be put on the parapet or could be integrated with the south facing
vertical wall of the building. The best inclination of the collector for regular use
throughout the year is equal to the local latitude of the place. The collectors should be
facing south. However, for only winter use the optimum inclinations of the Collector
would be (latitude + 15 degrees of the south). Even if the Collectors are built in the
south facing vertical wall of the building the output from such collectors during winter
month is expected to be within 32% output from the optimum inclined collector.
iv) All the new buildings to be constructed shall have an installed hot water line from
the roof top and also insulated distribution pipeline to each of the points where hot
water is required in the building.
v) The capacity of the solar water heating system to be installed on the building shall
be described on the basis of the average occupancy of the building. The norms for
hospitals, hotels and other functional building are given below.
36.2 APPLICABILITY
These Regulations shall be applicable to all Developments/ Redevelopments/part Developments
for the uses as mention under (C-1) to (C-6) shall have the provision for treatment, recycling and
reuse of Waste Water. The applicant shall along with his application for obtaining necessary layout
approval/ building permission shall submit a plan showing the location of Waste Water Treatment
Plant, furnishing details of calculations, references, implementation, etc. This Plan shall
accompany with the applicant’s commitment to monitor the system periodically from the date of
occupation of the respective building.
36.3 REGULATIONS
36.3.1 (C-1) For Layout Approval/Building Permission
(i) In case of Residential layouts, area admeasuring 10000 sq.m.or more, in addition to 10 %
open space, prescribed in the bye- laws, a separate space for Waste Water Treatment and
Recycling Plant should be proposed in the layout.
(ii) On the layout Plan, all Drainage lines, Chambers, Plumbing lines should be marked in
different colour and submit the layout for approval to the Municipal Corporation.
(iii) The Recycled Water shall be used for Gardening, Car Washing, Toilet Flushing, Irrigation,
etc. and in no case for drinking, bathing, washing utensils, clothes, etc
(iv) In the Estimate of Waste Water Recycling Plant only provision for basic civil work and
required machinery will be proposed by the Municipal Corporation other than these
provisions, additional machinery, plumbing, Water tank pipe, landscape should be provided
by Owner or Developer on his Own Cost.
(v) A clause must be included by the Owner/ Developer in the purchase agreement that the
purchaser, Owner of the Premises/Organization or Society of the purchasers shall ensure that:
a. The Recycled Water is tested every six months either in Municipal Laboratory or in the
laboratory approved by Municipal Corporation or by State Government and the result of
which shall be made accessible to the Competent Authority/ EHO of the respective Ward
Office.
b. Any recommendation from testing laboratory for any form of corrective measures that are
needed to be adopted shall be compiled. Copy of any such recommendation and necessary
action taken shall also be sent by the testing laboratories to the Competent Authority/ EHO
of respective Wards.
c. Maintenance of Recycling Plant should be done by the Developer or Housing Society or
Owner.
36.3.2 (C-2) Group Housing/Apartment Building
In case of Group Housing if the area admeasuring 4000 sq.m. and above or if consumption of
Water is 20,000 litres per day or if a multi-storeyed building where there are 20 or more tenements
then Waste Water Recycling Plant as mentioned in (C-1) above should be constructed.
36.3.3 (C-3) Educational, Industrial, Commercial, Government, Semi-Government Organizations,
Hotels, Lodgings etc.
For all above buildings having built-up area 1500 sq.m. or more or if Water consumption is 20,000
litre per day whichever is minimum, then provision for Waste Water Treatment Plant as mentioned
in (C-1) is applicable.
36.3.4 (C-4) Hospitals
Those Hospitals having 40 or more beds, Waste Water Recycling Plant as mentioned in (C-1) is
applicable.
116 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
i) Either in the form of developed plots of 30 to 50 sq.mt. size for Economically Weaker Sections/
Low Income Groups (EWS/LIG), (hereinafter referred to as "affordable plots") in which plots of
30 sq.mtr. size shall be kept for EWSOR
ii) In the form of equivalent 20% net plot area, for constructing EWS/LIG tenements,
(b) The Landowner Developer shall sell the said affordable plots as mentioned at (i and ii ) to
MHADA at the land rate prescribed in the Annual Statement of Rates prepared by the Inspector
General of Registration, Maharashtra State, Pune. If MHADA declines to purchase the same within
a reasonable time of six months, then he can sale the affordable plots in the open market.
37.2 For a plot of land, admeasuring10000sq.mt. or more to be developed for a Housing Scheme
consisting of one or more buildings (hereinafter referred to as 'the said Scheme'), EWS/LIG
Housing in the form of tenements of size ranging between 30 to 50 Sq.mt, (hereinafter referred to
as 'affordable housing tenements') shall be constructed at least to the extent of 20% of the basic
zonal F.S.I., subject to the following conditions:-
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 117
a) The built up area of the EWS/LIG tenements constructed under the Scheme shall not be counted
towards F.S.I.
b) The Landowner / Developer shall construct the stock of the affordable housing tenements in the
same plot and the Planning Authority shall ensure that the Occupation Certificate for the rest of the
development 'under the said Scheme is not, issued till the Occupation Certificate is issued for the
Affordable Housing tenements under the said Scheme.
Provided further that the Affordable Housing tenements of equivalent value as per ASR subject to
minimum 20 % of built-up area as per original location may also be provided at some other
location (s) within the same Administrative Ward of the Municipal Corporation.
c) The Project Proponent/s, after getting the Commencement Certificate for the scheme, shall
immediately intimate to MHADA regarding the numbers of affordable housing tenementsto be
disposed by them to the allottee. Upon such intimation, MHADA within a period of six months
from the date of receipt of such intimation shall duly after following procedure of lottery system
prepare the list of the allottee and forward it to the Project Proponent/s. The project proponent shall
dispose of such EWS housing tenements to the allotteesat the construction cost in ASR applicable
to the land under the Scheme plus 20 % additional cost. Out of this 20 % additionalcost, 10 % shall
be paid to MHADA towards their administration charges.
f)There shall be no obligation to construct affordable housing tenements in accordance with these
provisions in any Housing Scheme or residential development project wherein, owing to the
relevant provisions of the Development Control Regulations, 20% or more of the basic Zonal FSI
is required to be utilized towards construction of residential tenements for the EWS/LIG and also
for the development / redevelopment of any land, owned by the Government or any Semi-
Government organization. Provided such development / redevelopment is undertaken by the
Government or such Semi- Government Organization by itself or through any other agency under
BOT or PPP model.
Provided that in case of Development of reservations of Public Housing, Housing for Dis-
housed, Public Housing / High Density Housing and the EWS/LIG tenements constructed under
the provisions of any other Act, these provisions shall not be applicable.
[
38.0 Special Regulations for Development / Redevelopment of building falling within Transit
Oriented Development Corridor (TOD)
Transit oriented development aims at a development focused around a mass rapid transit corridor
(hence forth called as TOD corridor) which facilitates ease of access to the transit facility, thereby
encouraging people to walk and use public transportation over personal modes of transportation.
Development along mass rapid transit corridor shall be governed by special regulations sanctioned
by the Government from time to time and only after such transit corridor are identified and mass
rapid transit system work is started.
*******
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 119
PART IX
ACQUISITION / DEVELOPMENT OF RESERVED SITES IN DEVELOPMENT PLAN
(b) Bus Depot etc. i)The Commissioner may allow the owner to
(c) Metro Car Shed develop the reservation, subject to handing
(d) MRTS Station over to the Planning Authority 50 %
independent plot along with 50% constructed
(e) PMPML
amenity of total area free of cost in lieu of
construction amenity TDR as per general
Regulation No. (iii) mention below & as per
norms prescribed by Municipal
Commissioner.
ii) The owner shall be entitled to develop
remaining 50 % land for the uses permissible
in adjoining zone with full permissible FSI of
the entire Plot and permissible TDR potential
of the entire Plot.
5.2) Roads- Planning Authority/ The Planning Authority/ Appropriate
Proposed Development Appropriate Authority. Authority shall acquire the land and develop
Plan Roads / Road the reservation for the same purpose.
widening.
5.3) Parking - Planning Authority i) The Planning Authority/ Appropriate
/Appropriate Authority Authority may acquire and develop the site
/ Owner for the same purpose.
OR
ii) The Planning Authority/ Appropriate
Authority after acquiring the land or after
acquiring and developing the same, as the
case may be, lease out as per the provisions
of the Municipal Corporations Act, to the
Registered Public Institution for developing
and running or only for running the same.
OR
The Owner may be allowed to develop
parking space according to the designs,
specifications and conditions prescribed by
the Municipal Commissioner subject to
handing over of constructed parking area
equal to double the reservation area, to
Planning Authority free of cost subject to
condition that,
i) The operation and the maintenance of the
facility will be decided by Municipal
Commissioner.
ii) Parking spaces may be in basement or on
stilts or on first/second floor with separate
entry & exit.
After handing over the above said parking
area to the Planning Authority, the owner
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 123
(b)High Density OR
Housing. i) The Municipal Commissioner may allow
(c)Housing for Dis- the owner to develop the reservation, subject
housed. to handing over of 40% land alongwith 50%
(d) Public Housing / built up area of basic FSI constructed
Housing for Dis-housed. tenements of 25 sq.m. to 30sq.mt carpet area
(e)Reservation similar to the Planning Authority free of cost in lieu
as above. of construction amenity TDR as per general
Regulation No.(iii) mention below & as per
norms prescribed by Municipal
Commissioner.
ii) The owner shall be entitled to develop
remaining 60 % land for the uses permissible
in adjoining zone with full permissible FSI of
the entire Plot and permissible TDR potential
of the entire Plot.
iii) The Planning Authority, if required, shall
allow TDR to the owner after deducting in-
situ FSI utilized on 40% land mentioned in
(i).
iv) The Planning Authority / Appropriate
Authority shall allot such tenement on
priority to the persons dispossessed by
implementation of Development Plan.
OR
The Municipal Commissioner may allow the
owner to develop the reservation, subject to
a) Handing over of 50 % land to Planning
Authority, for laying out plots for EWS/LIG ,
The owner shall thereafter be entitled to
develop remaining plot as per the uses
permissible in residential zone with
permissible FSI of entire plot on remaining
plot without taking into account the area
handed over to the Planning Authority.
The Planning Authority / Appropriate
Authority shall prepare layout for EWS/LIG
plots and allot such plots on priority to the
persons dispossessed by implementation of
Development Plan. The Planning Authority
may construct EWS/LIG tenements on such
land.
Owner can select any one option of the
above, once the permission for that option is
granted and work commenced then he cannot
be permitted to shift for other option.
126 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
11) For other buildable Planning Authority/ The Planning Authority / Appropriate
reservations shown in Appropriate Authority Authority may acquire and develop the
Development Plan Owner. reservation site for the same purpose. OR
which are not covered i) The Commissioner may allow the owner to
above develop the reservation, subject to handing
over to the Planning Authority 40 %
independent plot along with 50% constructed
amenity of total area free of cost in lieu of
construction amenity TDR as per general
Regulation No.(iii) mention below & as per
norms prescribed by Municipal
Commissioner.
ii) The owner shall be entitled to develop
remaining 60 % land for the uses permissible
in adjoining zone with full permissible FSI of
the entire Plot and permissible TDR potential
of the entire Plot.
iii) The Municipal Commissioner, if
required, shall allow the TDR for the
unutilised FSI if any (after deducting in-situ
FSI as mentioned in sr. no (ii) above ) which
shall be utilised as per the TDR utilisation
regulations.
iv) Reservation shall be allowed to be
developed in parts.
12) Reservations for the Planning Authority/ Planning Authority / Appropriate Authority
Appropriate Authority Appropriate Authority/ may acquire the reserved land and develop
other than Municipal Owner for the same purpose.
Corporation OR
The Municipal Corporation may allow the
owner to Develop the reservation subject to
condition that;
128 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
vi) The area / built-up area to be handed over to the Planning Authority under these Regulations shall
be earmarked on the sanctioned building plan clearly mentioning the same, and registered agreement
to that effect shall be executed. After completion of construction, the said amenity shall be handed
over by executing the deed of transfer in this respect and expenses thereon shall be borne by the
owner. The occupation certificate to the construction belonging to owner shall be granted only after
handing over said amenity to the Planning Authority. The constructed amenity shall be made
available to the general public by the Municipal Commissioner within 3 month from possession as
per the condition as Commissioner deem fit.
vii) In cases, where permission for development under accommodation reservation principle is
already granted as per earlier regulations, the same shall continue to be valid till completion of
construction.
viii) Provisions of Regulations of Inclusive Housing, Amenity Space if any, shall not be applicable
for development under this Regulation. Moreover Regulation of required recreational open space
shall not be applicable for development of reservation other than Residential purpose as mention at
sr. no 7.
ix) Not withstanding anything contained in these regulations, there shall be no cap for utilization of
available in-situ FSI/and TDR potential of the entire plot on the remaining plot provided that no
relaxation in side margin shall be permissible.
x) Once sanction is granted under this regulation, the owner /developer shall have to complete the
development and hand over the developed reservation to Planning Authority within the period as
specified by Municipal Commissioner. Thereafter Planning Authority may levy penalty for any
delay.
vi) in lieu of constructing housing for slum-dwellers according to regulations prepared under the
Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966;
vii) The purposes as may be notified by the Government from time to time, by way of, modification
to, new addition of, any of the provisions of sanctioned Development Control Regulations.
40.3 CASES NOT ELIGIBLE FOR TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS ( TDR ):-
It shall not be permissible to grant Transferable Development Rights (TDR) in the following
circumstances:-
i) For earlier land acquisition or development for which compensation has been already paid partly or
fully by any means;
ii) where award of land has already been declared and which is valid under the Land Acquisition Act,
1894 or the Right to Fair Compensation & Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and
Resettlement Act, 2013 unless lands are withdrawn from the award by the Appropriate Authority
according to the provisions of the relevant Acts.
iii) In cases where layout has already been sanctioned and layout roads are incorporated as
Development Plan roads prior to these regulations.
iv) in cases where layout is submitted along with proposed Development Plan Road, in such cases
TDR shall not be permissible for the width of road that would be necessary according to the length as
per Development Control Regulations;
v) if the compensation in the form of FSI / or by any means has already been granted to the owner.
vi) where lawful possession including by mutual agreement /or contract has been taken.
vii) For an existing user or retention user or any required compulsory open space or recreational open
space or recreational ground, in any layout.
viii) For any designation, allocation of the use or zone which is not subjected to acquisition.
Provided that the quantum of generation of TDR as prescribed above, shall not be applicable for
TDR generated from construction of amenity or construction of reservation/roads, Slum TDR, and
Heritage TDR. Also the quantum of Transferable Development Rights (TDR)generated for
reservation in CRZ/BDP/HTHS areas or in areas which have some natural or legal constraint on
development shall be as decided by the Government separately.
b) DRC shall be issued only after the land is surrendered to the Municipal Corporation, free of cost
and free from encumbrances and after levelling the land to the surrounding ground level and after
constructing / erecting a 1.5 m. high compound wall / fencing i.e. brick/stone wall up to 0.60 mt
above ground level and fencing above that up to remaining height with a gate, at the cost of the
owner and to the satisfaction of the Municipal Commissioner. Provided that, if on certain lands such
construction / erection of compound wall / fencing is prohibited or restricted by any regulation, then
quantum of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) shall be reduced as prescribed in proviso to
Clause 40.4.1.a.
Provided further that, such construction / erection of compound wall/ fencing shall not be
necessary for area under Development Plan roads. In such cases TDR equivalent to entitlement as
mentioned in Regulation No. 40.4.1.a shall be granted without any reduction.
c) If any contiguous land of the same owner/developer, in addition to the land under surrender for
which Transferable Development Rights (TDR) is to be granted, remains unbuildable, the Municipal
Commissioner may grant Transferable Development Rights (TDR) for such remaining unbuildable
land also if the owner / developer hands it over free of cost and free from all encumbrance and
encroachment. If such land is from the proposed roads then such land shall be utilised for road side
parking, garden, open space or road side amenities including bus bays, public toilets or any
compatible user as the Commissioner may decide and if the such land is from the proposed
reservation then same shall be included in such proposed reservation and shall be developed for the
same purpose. The Municipal Commissioner shall quarterly report such cases to Government.
d) In case of lessee, the award of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall be subject to lessee
paying the lessor or depositing with the Planning Authority for payment to the lessor, an amount
equivalent to the value of the lessors’ interest to be determined by the Planning Authority on the
basis of Land Acquisition Act, 1894 or the Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land
Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 against the area of land surrendered free of
cost and free from all encumbrances.
iv) The priority and quantum of maximum permissible TDR loading mentioned above shall include
atleast 20 % slum TDR (wherever applicable) and DRC generated from the vary said land and/or
DRC generated from other location up to the permissible limit mention above .
v) If a plot is situated on internal road having dead end within 50 mt. from the main road, then such
plot shall be treated as fronting on main road for the purpose of utilisation of TDR.
2) Provided that, the restrictions of total maximum permissible built up area in terms of FSI with
respect to road width mentioned above shall not be applicable in cases where, the permissible FSI is
more than the basic FSI in various schemes, like Slum Rehabilitation Scheme, Redevelopment of
cess buildings, redevelopment of dangerous buildings, Urban Renewal Scheme, Redevelopment of
MHADA buildings/Colonies, Metro Influence Zone BRTs, TODs etc. where specific provisions
which are sanctioned by the Government shall apply.
3) Provided that, the additional FSI permissible in certain categories of buildings such as,
Educational building, Registered Charitable Institutional/ Medical / Hospital Building, Star Category
Hotel, Religious Building etc. as per prevailing Development Control Regulations, if any, can be
availed either by full or part utilization of TDR or full or part utilization of additional FSI at the
option of owner. However, the restriction of road width mentioned as above shall not be applicable
when the owner exercises his option of availing utilization of additional FSI and in such cases
limitation of maximum building potential as mentioned in Regulation No 40.5.4.1shall not be
applicable.
4) The utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) shall be permissible by considering
Gross Plot Area excluding area affected by reservations or deemed reservation, if any. This principle
shall also be applicable to the reservations to be developed under the provisions of Accommodation
Reservation, by considering the total area of such reservation before surrender.
5) Areas Restricted from Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) :-
Utilisation of Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) shall not be permitted in following areas:-
a) Agricultural / no development / Green zone / HTHS Zone and Bio Diversity Park reservation in
the Development Plan.
b) Area within the flood control line i.e. blue line (prohibitive zone) as specified by Irrigation
Department.
c) Coastal regulation zone.
d) Where the permissible basic Zonal FSI is less than 0.75.
e) Area having developmental prohibition or restrictions imposed by any notification issued under
the provisions of any Central/State Act (like CRZ regulations, Defence restriction areas, etc.) or
under these regulations.
Provided that, in case of lands having tenure other than Class-I, like Inam lands, tribal
lands etc., N.O.C. from Competent Authority, mentioning i)share of Government and land holder
ii)transfer of such land in the name of Planning / Appropriate Authority, shall be produced by the
land holder at the time of submission of application for grant of TDR.
40.6.2 DRC shall be issued by the Municipal Commissioner as a certificate printed on bond paper in an
appropriate form prescribed by him. Such a certificate shall be a “transferable and negotiable
instrument” after the authentication by the Municipal Commissioner. The Municipal Commissioner
shall maintain a register in a form considered appropriate by him of all transactions, etc. relating to
grant of, or utilisation of, DRC.
40.6.3 The Commissioner shall issue DRC within 180 days from the date of application or reply from the
applicant in respect of any requisition made by him, whichever is later.
40.6.6 Any DRC may be utilised on one or more plots or lands whether vacant, or already developed fully
or partly by erection of additional storeys, or in any other manner consistent with the prevailing
Development Control Regulations,
40.6.7 DRC may be used on plots/land having Development Plan reservations of buildable nature, whether
vacant or already developed for the same purpose, or on the lands under deemed reservations, if any,
as per prevailing Regulations.
40.6.8 DRC may be used on plots/land available with the owner after surrendering the required land and
construction to the Planning Authority under the provisions of Accommodation Reservation. In such
circumstances, for the purpose of deciding Transferable Development Rights (TDR ) receiving
potential, the total area of the reservation before surrender, shall be considered.
40.6.9 Infrastructure Improvement Charges-
The utilizer shall pay to the Planning Authority, an infrastructure improvement charges, for a
proposed quantum of TDR to be utilised, at the rate of 5% of construction cost as per the prevailing
Annual Statement of Rates.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 135
40.7.2 In case the Appropriate Authority for reservation is other than Planning Authority, it shall be
permissible for the Commissioner on the request of such authority to grant TDR under this regulation
and hold such possession as a facilitator. Provided that, the Municipal Commissioner shall handover
the possession of such land to concerned Appropriate Authority, after receipt of value of land, from
such Appropriate Authority as per Annual Statement of Rates prevailing at the time of handing over
possession of land under reservation.
Provided also that, if such Appropriate Authority is the State Government Department, the Municipal
Commissioner shall handover the possession of such land to the concerned Department free of cost.
40.8 EFFECT OF THIS REGULATION:-
a) Provision of Generation of TDR from these regulations shall not be applicable where DRC has
been issued prior to date of publication of TDR Regulations under section 37 (1AA) (a) of the MR &
TP Act, 1966 i.e. dated 30/04/2015.However DRCs issued under the old Regulations shall be
allowed to be utilised as per TDR zones of old Regulations without indexation but subject to all other
conditions of these regulations. Such utilisations shall be allowed for one year only from the date
29/01/2016 (i.e. the date of sanctioned of TDR Regulations under section 37 (1AA) (c) of the MR &
TP Act, 1966 vide notification dated 28/01/2016 which appeared in Government Gazette on
29/01/2016).
Provided also that old TDR purchased for utilisation on a specific plot with registered
documents of sale and / or specific proposal for utilisation of such TDR pending in the ULBs prior to
these regulations shall be allowed completely as per the old regulations.
*******
136 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
PART- X
REQUIREMENTS OF PARTS OF BUILDINGS
41.0 This part sets out the standard space requirements of various parts of building, light and ventilation,
the building services, fire safety, etc. The following parts of a building, wherever present, shall
conform to the requirements given herein:
41.1 Plinth:-
i) The plinth of building shall be so located with respect to the surrounding ground level that
adequate drainage of the site is assured. The height of the plinth shall not be less than 45 cm
above the surrounding ground level. In areas subjected to flooding, the height of the plinth shall
be at least 45cm. above the high flood level or greater than 45 cm. as may be decided by the
Planning Authority in deserving cases.
ii) Interior Courtyards, Covered parking spaces and garages shall be raised at least 15 cm. above
the surrounding ground level and shall be satisfactorily drained.
iii) In the case of special housing schemes undertaken by public agencies for low income group
and economically weaker section of society, the minimum height of plinth shall be not less than
30 cm. The minimum height of plinth shall be regulated on the basis of environmental &
topographical condition & higher plinth height may be required in areas prone to flooding.
41.2 Habitable Room:-
41.2.1 Size and Dimension of Habitable Rooms
Internal dimensions & size of rooms for various uses and occupancies shall be as in Table No.17
below:-
Table No. 17
Minimum Minimum
No Occupancy Area in sq. width in
m. m.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1 Any habitable room in residential building / room from
any other occupancy like hostels, residential hotel, 9.5 2.4
lodging & boarding/housing etc. except kitchen.
Any Habitable room from any other occupancy like
9.5 2.4
hostels, residential hotel, lodging & boardinghouses etc.
2 Room in a single – room tenement in Housing scheme
12.5 3.0
for EWS & LIG.
3 Room in two-room tenements-
a) one of the rooms 9.5 2.4
b) other room 7.5 2.4
Room in a two-room tenement in Housing scheme for
EWS & LIG
a) one of the room 9.0 2.5
b) other room 6.5 2.1
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 137
Provided that -
i) The minimum head-way under any beam shall be 2.4 m.
ii) in all occupancies, except those included in serial no. 1 (d) in the Table above, any height in
excess of 4.2 m. shall be deemed to have consumed additional FSI of 50 percent of the relevant
floor area.
41.3 Kitchen-
ii)In the case of EWS/LIG housing scheme the sizes of bathroom and water-closets shall be as
follows:-
a) The size of independent water-closet shall be atleast 0.90sq.m. with minimum width of 0.9m.
b) The size of independent bathroom shall be atleast 1.20sq.m. with a minimum width of 1.00m &
c) The size of combined bathroom & water-closet shall be atleast 1.80sq.m. with minimum width
of 1.0m.
41.4.2 Height of bath room and water closet:-
The height of a bathroom or water closet measured from the surface of the floor to the lowest point
in the ceiling (bottom of slab) shall be not less than 2.1m.
41.4.3 Other requirement of bath room and water closet:-
Every bathroom or water-closet shall -
i. be so situated that atleast one of its walls shall open to external air,
ii. not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet, washing place, bath or
terrace, unless it has a water-tight floor,
iii. have platform or seat made of water-tight non-absorbent material;
iv. be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or partition shall be
finished with a smooth impervious material to a height of not less than 1 m. above the floor of
such a room.
v. every water closet and/or a set of urinals shall have a flushing cistern of adequate capacity
attached to it. In EWS/LIG housing, however, no such flushing cistern need be provided,
vi. be provided with an impervious floor covering sloping towards the drain with a suitable grade
and not towards veranda or any other room,
vii. in High Density housing, pour flush water seal latrines (NEERI type) may be permitted when
the sewerage system is not available and the water table in the area is not high.
viii. all the sewerage outlets shall be connected to the sewerage system. Where no such systems
exist a septic tank shall be provided within the plot conforming to the requirements of
Regulation No.41.30.
ix.have a window or ventilator, opening to a shaft or open space, of area not less than 0.3sq.m. with
side not less than 0.3m.
41.4.4 Restriction on use of room containing water closet:-
No room containing a water-closet shall be used for any purpose except as a lavatory and no such
room shall open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door, window or other opening.
Every room containing water-closet shall have a door completely closing the entrance to it.
41.5 Ledge or Tand / Loft and cupboards:-
41.5.1 Ledge or Tand / Loft:-
Location and extent - Lofts may be provided over kitchen, habitable rooms, bathrooms, water
closets, and corridor within a tenement in residential buildings, over shops and in industrial
building, as mentioned in below Table No.19subject to the following restrictions-
i The clear head room under the loft shall not be less than 2.2m.
ii Loft in commercial areas and industrial building shall be located 2 m. away from the entrance.
140 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
iii Loft shall not interfere with the ventilation of the room under any circumstances.
iv The minimum headroom of Ledge or Tand / Loft shall be 2.2m.
v The maximum height between loft and ceiling shall be 1.5m.
Table No.19
Provision of Loft
Maximum Coverage
Sr.
Rooms over which Permitted (Percentage to area or
No.
room below)
(1) (2) (3)
1 Kitchen/Habitable room 25
2 Bathroom, water closet, corridor 100
3 Shops with width up to 3m. 33
4 Shops with width exceeding 3m. 50
5 Industrial 33
41.5.2 Cup-Boards and shelves:-
Cupboards and shelves may projectupto 60 cm. in the set-backs for residential buildings provided
the width of such cupboards or shelves does not exceed 2.4 m. and there are not more than one such
cupboards or shelves in each room. However, cupboards on ground floor may be permitted within
the building line. Continuous cupboard or shelves with 60 cm. projection may be permitted
provided the same is constructed underneath the sill portion of the window (not exceeding 90 cm.
from the floor) and over the lintel of windows (at heights above 2.00 m. above floor level).
41.6 Mezzanine Floor
41.6.1 Size of Mezzanine Floor-The minimum size of the mezzanine floor, if it is to be used as living
room, shall not be less than 9.5sq.m. The aggregate area of such mezzanine floor shall in no case
exceed 50 % of built-up area of that room, shops etc.
Note : Mezzanine floor area shall be counted towards FSI.
41.6.2 Height of Mezzanine Floor:
The minimum height of a mezzanine floor shall be 2.2 m. The head room under mezzanine floor
shall not be less than 2.2 m
41.6.3 Other requirements of Mezzanine Floor:
A mezzanine floor may be permitted over a room or a compartment provided
i) it conforms to the standards of living rooms as regards lighting and ventilation in case the size
of mezzanine floor is 9.50 sq.m. or more.
ii) it is so constructed as not to interfere, under any circumstances, with the ventilation of the
space over & under it.
iii) such mezzanine floor or any part thereof will not be used as a kitchen.
iv) it is atleast 1.8 m. away from front wall of such rooms.
v) access to the mezzanine floor is from within the respective room only.
vi) in no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to be converted into
unventilated compartments
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 141
41.12 Ramp-
A)Non Vehicular Ramp-
All the requirements of stairways in Regulation No.41.28 shall apply mutatis mutandis to non-
vehicular ramp. In addition, the following requirement shall be complied with.
a) Ramps with a slope of not steeper than 1 in 10 may be substituted for and shall comply with all
the applicable requirements of required stairways as to enclosure, capacity and limited
dimensions. In certain cases steeper slopes may be permitted but in no case greater than 1 in 8.
Ramps shall be surfaced with approved non-slip slipping material. Provided that in the case of
public offices, hospitals, assembly halls, etc. the slope of the ramp shall not be more than 1: 12.
b) The minimum width of the ramps in hospitals shall be 2.25 m.
c) Handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
d) Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or courtyards or safe place.
e) For building above 24 m. in height access to ramps from any floor of the building shall be
through smoke stop door.
f) When there is a difference in level between connected areas for horizontal exits, ramps not
more than 1 in 10 slope shall be provided; steps shall not be used.
g) For High Rise building, if marginal open space is greater than minimum 6 m. then ramps may
be permitted.
B) Ramp to basements and upper storeys for vehicles-
For parking spaces in a basement and upper floors, atleast two ramps of minimum 3.00m. widthor
one ramp of 6.00meter width and slope not more than 1:10 shall be provided preferably at the
opposite ends.
C)In case of special building mentioned in Regulation No.6.2.2.g, ramp may be permitted in the
side and rearmarginaldistances after leaving 6.0 m. distance from the plot boundary for movement
of fire-fightingvehicles.Provided that when a building abutting 3 or more roads, then ramps may
beallowed in front marginal distances facing the smaller road or less important road from traffic
point of view.
41.13 Podium -
Podium for parking of the vehicle may be permitted with following requirements / conditions
i) Every podium shall be in every part at least 2.4 m. in height from the floor to the soffit of
beam.
ii) Podium shall not be provided in front setback space.
iii) Podium shall only be used for parking and it shall be designed to take load of fire engine.
iv) Podium shall be permissible for plots having 1500 sq.m. and above and may be in multilevel.
v) Podium shall be permissible joining two or more buildings or wings of buildings.
vi) Podium shall be allowed at a distance of 4.50 m. from the plot boundary with minimum 6.00
meter from atleast one side.
vii) The consent from the Chief Fire Officer shall be necessary before permitting the aforesaid
podium.
viii) No required recreational Open Space is allowed on Podium.
41.14 Balcony-
Balcony or balconies of a minimum width 1.00 m. and maximum of 2.00 mt may be permitted at
any floor except ground floor, not more than 15 %of the built up area of the same floor and such
balcony projection shall be subject to the following conditions
144 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
(i) In non-congested area, no balcony shall reduce the marginal open space to less than 3 m. In
congested area balcony may be permitted on upper floors projecting in front setbacks except
over lanes having width 4.50 m. or less and in marginal distances subject to 1.0m. clear
marginal distance from the plot boundary to the external face of the balcony.
(ii) No balcony shall be allowed on ground floor which shall reduce minimum required front
setback or marginal distance.
(iii) The width of the balcony shallbe measured perpendicular to the building upto the outermost
edge of balcony.
(iv) The balcony should not be enclosed and declaration regarding this shall be submitted by the
owner/developer/Architect at the time of approval of building permission and the same shall
be mention in the agreement or sale deed .
(v) Nothing shall be allowed beyond the outer edge of balcony.
41.15 Stilt-
Stilt may be permitted on any floor subject to height of floor upto the soffit of the beam shall not be
less than 2.4 m. In case of stilt on ground floor, plinth shall not be more than 15 cm from
surrounding ground level.
41.16 Chimneys-
Chimneys, where provided, shall conform to the requirements of IS: 1646-1960 Indian Standard
Code of Practice for Fire Safety of Building. Provided that the chimney shall be built atleast 0.9 m.
above flat roof. In the case of sloping roof, the chimney top shall not be less than 0.6 m. above the
ridge of the roof from which the chimney penetrates.
41.17 Letter box-
A letter box of appropriate dimensions shall be provided on the ground floor of residential and
commercial buildings with five and more storeys.
41.18 Meter Room-
For all buildings above 15 m in height and in special occupancies, like educational, assembly,
institutional, industrial, storage, hazardous and mixed occupancies with any of the aforesaid
occupancies having area more than 500sq.m. on each floor, provision shall be made for an
independent and ventilated meter (service) room, as per requirements of electric (service) supply
undertakings on the ground floor with direct access from outside for the purpose of termination of
electric supply from the licensee’s service and alternative supply cables. The door/doors provided
for the service room shall have fire resistance of not less than two hours.
41.19 Lighting and ventilation of room-
i) Adequacy and manner of provision-
1. The minimum aggregate area of opening of habitable rooms and kitchens excluding doors shall
be not less than 1/10th of floor area. In case of Konkan region, it shall not be less than 1/6th of
floor area.
2. No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than 7.5 m. from the opening
assumed for lighting / ventilation of the portion, provided additional depth of living room beyond
7.5 m. may be permitted subject to provision of proportionate increase in the opening.
3. Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through day lighting and natural
ventilation, the same shall be ensured through artificial lighting and mechanical ventilation as per
latest version of Part VIII - Building Services Section, Lighting and Ventilation of National
Building Code of India published by the Bureau of Indian Standards. In the case of special types of
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 145
buildings requiring artificial lighting and air-conditioning for special types of manufacturing or
other process the requirements about natural day lighting and ventilation may be relaxed
ii) Ventilation Shaft-For ventilating the spaces for water closets & bathrooms, if not opening on
front, side, rear & interior open spaces, these shall open on the ventilation shaft, the size of which
shall not be less than the values given below:
Table No. 20
Sr. Height of Buildings Cross-section of Minimum one dimension
No. in m. Ventilation shaft in sq. m. of the shaft in m.
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1 Upto10 1.2 0.9
2 Upto12 2.4 1.2
3 Upto 18 4.0 1.5
4 Upto 24 5.4 1.8
5 Upto30 8.0 2.4
6 Above 30 9.0 3.0
iii) Artificial Lightning and Mechanical ventilation - where lighting and ventilation requirements
are not met through day-lighting and natural ventilation, they shall be ensured through artificial
lighting and ventilation in accordance with the provisions of Part 8, Building Services- Section 1,
Lighting and Ventilation, National Building Code of India, 2005.
iv) In any residential hotel where toilets are provided with a mechanical ventilation system, the
size of the ventilation shaft prescribed in this Regulation standrelaxed.
41.20 Overhead Tanks:
Every overhead water storage tank shall be maintained in a perfectly mosquito-proof condition by
providing a properly fitting hinged cover and every tank more than 1.5 m. in height shall be
provided with a permanently fixed iron ladder.
41.21 Parapet:
Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terraces, balcony, veranda shall not be
less than 1.05m. and not more than 1.2m in height from the finished floor level.
41.22 Cabin:
Where cabins are provided, a clear passage not less than 0.9 m. wide will be maintained. The size
of a cabin shall not be less than 3 sq.m. and the distance from the farthest space of cabin to the
nearest exit shall not be more than 18.5m. if the cabin does not derive direct light and ventilation
from any open spaces / mechanical means, its maximum height shall be 2.2m.
41.23 Boundary /Compound Wall:
i) Unless the special permission of the MunicipalCommissioners obtained, the maximum height
of the front compound wall shall be 1.5 m. above the central line of the front street. Compound
wall up to 2.4 m. height may be permitted if the top 0.9 m. is of open type construction
(railings).
ii) In the case of a corner plot, the height of the boundary wall shall be restricted to 0.75 m. for a
length of 10 m. on the front and side of the inter sections and the remaining height of 0.75 m. if
required in accordance with sub-regulation (i) may be made up of open type construction
(through railings)
iii) The provision of sub-regulations (i) and (ii) shall not be applicable to boundary walls of jails.
146 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
iv) In the case of industrial buildings, electric sub-stations, transformer stations, institutional
buildings like sanatoria, hospital, industrial building like workshops, factories and educational
buildings like schools, colleges including the hostels and other user of public utility
undertakings the height up to 2.4 m. may be permitted by the Municipal Commissioner.
41.24 Society Office:
In the case of multi-storied multi-family dwelling apartments constructed for co-operative housing
societies or apartment owner’s co-operative societies, a Society Office upto 12 sq.m. shall be
provided on the ground floor or uppermost floor. If the numbers of flats are more than 20 the
maximum size of the Society Office shall be of dimension of 20 sq.m.
41.25 Exit requirements-
41.25.1 General Exit requirements-
a) An exit may be a doorway; corridor, passageway(s) to an internal staircase, or external
staircase, or to a VERANDA or terrace(s), which have access to the street, or to the roof of a
building or a refuge area. An exit may also include a horizontal exit leading to an adjoining
building at the same level.
b) Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as exits.
c) Every exit, exit access or exit discharge shall be continuously maintained free of all
obstructions or impediments to full use in the case of fire or other emergency.
d) Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with exits sufficient to permit
safe escape of occupants, in case of fire or other emergency.
e) In every building or structure, exits shall comply with the minimum requirements of this part,
except those not accessible for general public use.
f) No building shall be so altered as to reduce the number, width or protection of exits to less than
that required.
g) Exits shall be clearly visible and the route to reach the exits shall be clearly marked and signs
posted to guide the occupants of the floor concerned.
h) The floors of areas covered for the means of exit shall be illuminated.
j) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior
open space leading to a street.
k) Exits shall be so arranged that they may be reached without passing through another occupied
unit.
41.25.2 Type of Exits:
An exit may be a doorway, a corridor, a passage or a way to an internal staircase or external
staircase, ramp or to a veranda and/or terraces which have access to the street or to roof of a
building. An exit may also include a horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building at the same
level. Lifts and escalators shall not be considered as exits.
41.25.3 Number and Size of Exits
The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided, based on number of occupants in
each room and floor based on the occupant load, capacity of exits; travel distance and height of
building as per provisions of Regulation No.41.25.4. and41.25.5.
41.25.4 Arrangement of Exits:
Exits shall be so located that the travel distance on the floor shall not exceed 22.5 m. for residential,
education, institutional and hazardous occupancies and 30 m. for assembly business, mercantile,
industrial, storage & hazardous occupancies. Whenever more than one exit is required for a floor of
a building, exits shall be placed at remote from each other as possible. All the exits shall be
accessible from the entire floor area at all floor levels.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 147
ii) The gross floor area shall include, in addition to the main assembly rooms or space, any
occupied connecting room or space in the same storey or in the storeys above or below where
entrance is common to such rooms and spaces and they are available for use by the occupants of
the assembly place. No deductions shall be made in the area for corridors, closets or other
subdivisions, that area shall include all space serving the particular assembly occupancy.
41.25.6 Capacity of Exits-
1) Occupants per unit exit width shall be in accordance with Table No. 22
Table No. 22
Occupants per unit exit width
Sr. Group of Number of Occupants
No. Occupancy Stairways Ramps Doors
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1 Residential 25 50 75
2 Educational 25 50 75
3 Institutional 25 50 75
4 Assembly 40 50 60
148 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
5 Business 50 60 75
6 Mercantile 50 60 75
7 Industrial 50 60 75
8 Storage 50 60 75
9 Hazardous 25 30 40
2) For the dormitory portions of homes for the aged, orphanages, mental hospitals, etc. these
multipliers will be doubled.
3) The gross floor area shall include, in addition to the main assembly rooms or space, any
occupied connecting room or space in the same storey or in the storey above or below where
entrance is common to such rooms and space and they are available for use by the occupants of the
assembly place.
4) No deductions shall be made in the gross area of the corridors, closets or other sub-divisions; the
area shall include all space serving the particular assembly occupancy shall be reckoned.
41.25.7 Provision for Staircase-
All buildings having height more than ground floor shall have provision of staircase. The special
buildings specified in Regulation No.6.2.2.g shall have two staircases out of which one shall be fire
escape staircase.
They shall be of enclosed type.At least one of them shall be on external walls of buildings and shall
open directly to the exterior, interior open space or to an open place of safety. Further, the
provision or otherwise of alternative staircases shall be subject to the requirements of travel
distance being complied with.
Provided that for purely residential building/residential building along with ground floor mix use
having height upto 24 meters and built up area on any floor does not exceed 500 sq.mts. an
additional staircase shall not be insisted. Provided also that in such cases width of stair case shall be
minimum 1.50 mt.
41.25.8 Width of stair case-
Notwithstanding anything contained in regulations 41.25.3, 41.25.4 &41.25.5 the following
minimum width provision shall be made for staircases flight/corridor.
Table No. 23
S.No. Use of Building Minimum width Of Stair Case
built-up area on floor built-up area on floor
served by single staircase served by single staircase
is upto 500 sq.m. is above 500 sq.m.
1 Multi-storeyedResidential 1.20 mtr 1.50 m.
Building
2 Residential hotel buildings 1.50 mtr 1.80 m.
3 Assembly Building like 1.80 m. 2.00 m.
auditorium, theatres and
cinemas etc.,
MangalKaryalaya, Marriage
Hall.
4 Institutional Buildings like 2.00 mtr 2.30 m.
hospitals and educational
5 All other Buildings, including 1.50 mtr 1.80 m.
commercial buildings
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 149
Note:-
i) forindividual house androw housing with 2 storeys, the minimum shall be 0.75 m.
ii) The width of the mid-landing/quarter landing should not be more than 1.5 times and the floor
landing should not be more than two times of the width of the stair flight.
41.25.9 Corridors:
(a) The minimum width of a corridor other than internal passages shall be calculated based on the
provisions of a Regulation No.41.25.8 as per the corresponding width of staircase;
(b) In case of more than one main staircase of the building interconnected by a corridor or other
enclosed space, there shall be at least one smoke stop door across the corridor or enclosed space
between the doors in the enclosing walls of any two staircases.
(c) The passages (covered or uncovered) including an arcade, a courtyard, a porch or portico,
spaces to be left open to sky in accordance with these Regulations, in any premises shall not be
used for any other purpose than the one permissible.
41.26.1 Doorways-
i) Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway or a horizontal exit, or a corridor or
passageway providing continuous and protected means of egress:-
ii) No exit doorway shall be less than 100 cm. in width except assembly buildings where door
width shall be not less than 200 cm. Doorway shall be not less than 200 cm. in height. Doorways
for the bathrooms, water-closets or stores shall be not less than 75 cm. wide.
iii) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall not obstruct the travel
along any exit. No door, when opened shall reduce the required width of stairways or landing to
less than 90 cm. Overheads or sliding doors shall not be installed.
iv) Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stair. A landing equal to at least the width
of the door shall be provided in the stairway at each doorway. Level of landing shall be the same as
that of the floor which it serves.
v) Exit doorway shall be openable from the side which they serve without the use of a key.
vi) Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion regarding the direction
of exit.
41.26.2 Revolving doors-
Revolving doors shall not be used as required exits except in residential business and mercantile
occupancies; they shall not constitute more than half the total required door width.
41.26.3 Stair Ways:
i) Interior staircase shall be constructed of non-combustible materials throughout
ii) Interior staircase shall be constructed as a self-contained unit with at least one side adjacent to an
external wall and shall be completely enclosed.
iii) A staircase shall not be arranged around a lift shaft
iv) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
v) The minimum width of tread without nosing shall be 25 cm. for an internal staircase for
residential building. In the case of other buildings, the minimum tread shall be 30 cm. The treads
shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping.
vi) The maximum height of riser shall be 19 cm. in the case of residential buildings and 15cm. in
the case of other buildings. They shall be limited to15per flight.
vii) Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 100 cm. from the centre of the treads to
the top of the handrails. Balusters / railing shall be provided such that the width of staircase does
not reduce.
viii) Floor indicator - The number of each floor shall be conspicuously painted in figures at least 15
cm. large on the wall facing the flights of a stairway or at such suitable place as is distinctly visible
from the flights.
ix) The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase shall be 2.2 m.
x) For building more than 15m. in height or more access to main staircase shall be gained through
at least half an hour fire resisting automatic closing doors placed in the enclosing wall of the
staircase. It shall be a swing type door opening in the direction of the escape.
xi) No living space, store or other space including fire risk shall open directly into the staircase.
xii) External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open directly to the open spaces
or should be reached without passing through any door other than a door provided to form a
draught lobby.
xiii) In the case of assembly, institutional or residential occupancies or hotels or industrial and
hazardous occupancies, the exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escapes route shall be
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 151
provided at a height of 0.5 m. from the floor level on the wall and shall be illuminated by electric
light connected to corridor circuits. All exit way marking signs should be flushed with the wall and
so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur to them due to moving of furniture or other
heavy equipments. Further all landings of floor shall have floor indicating boards prominently
indicating the number of floor. The floor indication board shall be placed on the wall immediately
facing the flight of stairs and nearest to the landing. It shall be of the size not less than 0.5 x 0.5 m.
xiv) In case of a single staircase, it shall terminate at the ground floor level and the access to the
basement shall be by a separate staircase. Whenever the building is served by more than one
staircase one of the staircases may lead to basement level provided the same is separated at ground
level by either a ventilated lobby or a cut-off screen wall without opening, having a fire resistance
of not less than 2 hours with discharge point at two different ends or through enclosures. It shall
also be cut-off from the basement areas at various basement levels by a protected and ventilated
lobby or lobbies.
41.26.4 Fire escape or external stairs:-
Fire escape staircase, when provided, shall comply the following:
i) External stairs shall always be kept in sound operable conditions.
ii) All external stairs shall be directly connected to the ground.
iii) Entrance to the external stairs shall be separate and remote from the internal staircase.
iv) Care shall be taken to ensure that no wall opening or window opens on to or close to an external
stairs.
v) The route to the external stairs shall be free of obstructions at all times.
vi) The external stairs shall be constructed of non-combustible materials, and any doorway leading
it shall have the required fire resistance.
vii) No external staircase, used as a fire escape, shall be inclined at an angle greater than 45 degree
from the horizontal.
viii) External stairs shall have straight flight not less than 1250 mm wide with 250 mm treads and
risers not more than 190 mm. The number of risers shall be limited to 15 per flight.
ix) Handrails shall be of a height not less than 1000 mm and not exceeding 1200 mm. There shall
be provisions of balusters with maximum gap of 150 mm.
x) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load and to a building not exceeding 9
m in height. A spiral stair case shall be not less than 1500 mm in diameter and shall be designed to
give adequate headroom.
xi) Unprotected steel frame staircase will not be accepted as means of escape. However, steel
staircase in an enclosed fire rated compartment of 2 h will be accepted as means of escape.
41.26.5 Corridors and passageways -
i) The minimum width of a corridor shall not be less than 75cm. in the case of 2 storeys row
housing residential buildings and 100cm. in the case of other buildings and actual width shall be
calculated based on the provision of Regulations No.41.25.3 to 41.25.5 (both inclusive)
ii) Where there is more than one staircase serving a building, there shall be at least one smoke-stop
door in the space between the staircases.
iii) Exit corridors & passageways shall be of width not less than the aggregate required width of
exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel of the exterior/stairways.
iv) Where stairways discharge through corridors & passageways the height of the corridors &
passageways shall not be less than 2.4 m.
v) All means of exit including staircases, lifts, lobbies & corridors shall be adequately ventilated.
152 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
The refuge area shall be provided on the periphery of the floor or preferably on a cantilever
projection and open to air at least on one side protected with suitable railings.
a) For floors above 24 m and Up to 39 m-One refuge area on the floor immediately above 24 m.
b) For floors above 39 m-One refuge area on the floor immediately above 39 m and soon, after
every 15 m. Refuge area provided in excess of the requirements shall be counted towards FSI.
However, area remained in excess because of planning constraints not more than 10% of required
refuge area shall not be counted in FSI.
3) Requirements:-
a) Septic tanks shall have minimum width of 75 cm. a minimum depth of one meter below the
water level and a minimum liquid capacity of one cubic meter. Length of tanks shall be 2 to 4
times the width.
b) Septic tanks may be constructed of brickwork, Stone Masonry, concrete or other suitably
material as approved by the Authority.
c) Under no circumstances should effluent from a septic tank be allowed into an open channel drain
or body of water without adequate treatment.
d) Minimum nominal diameter of pipe shall be 100 mm. Further, at junctions of pipes in manholes,
direction of flow from a branch connection should not make an angle exceeding 45 degree with the
direction of flow in the main pipe;
e) The gradients of land drains, under-drainage as well as the bottom of dispersion trenches and
soak ways should be between 1:300 and 1:400.
f) Every septic tank shall be provided with ventilating pipe of at least 50 mm diameter. The top of
the pipe shall be provided with a suitable cage of mosquito proof wire mesh. The ventilating pipe
shall extend to a height which would cause no smell nuisance to any building in the area.
Generally, the ventilating pipe may extend to a height of about 2 m. when the septic tank is at least
15 m. away from the nearest building and to a height of 2 m. above the top of the building when it
is located closer than 15 meters.
g) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to seepage pit, the seepage pit may be of any suitable
shape with the least cross sectional dimension of 90 cm. and not less than 100 cm in depth below
the invert level of the inlet pipe. The pit may be lined with stone, brick or concrete blocks with dry
open joints which should be backed with at least 7.5 cm. of clean coarse aggregate. The lining
above the inlet level should be finished with mortar. In the case of pits of large dimensions, the top
portion may be narrowed to reduce the size of the RCC cover slabs. Where no lining is used,
specially near trees, the entire pit should be filled with loose stones. A masonry ring may be
constructed at the top of the pit to prevent damage by flooding of the pit by surface run off. The
inlet pipe may be taken down a depth of 90 cm from the top as an anti-mosquito measure; and
h) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to a dispersion trench, the dispersion trench shall be
50 to 100 cm deep and 30 to 100 cm wide excavated to a slight gradient and shall be provided with
15 to 25 cm of washed gravel or crushed stones. Open jointed pipes placed inside the trench shall
be made of unglazed earthenware clay or concrete and shall have minimum internal diameter of 75
to 100 mm. No dispersion trench shall be longer than 30 m and trenches shall not be placed closer
than 1.8 m.
41.31 Structural safety, water supply, drainage and sanitary requirement, outdoor display and
other services-
Building shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure structural safety, water supply,
drainage, sanitary requirement, outdoor display and other services etc. shall be as per National
Buildings Code of India unless otherwise specified Part-XIII of these regulations.
154 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
*******
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 155
PART - XI
PARKING, LOADING AND UNLOADING SPACES
d)Manoeuvring and other ancillary spaces: Off street parking space must have adequate
vehicular access to a street and the area shall be exclusive of drives, aisles and such other
provisions required for adequate manoeuvring of vehicles
e) Ramps for Basement parking: - Ramps for parking in basement should conform to the
requirement of Regulation No.41.12
f) Off street parking space shall be provided with adequate vehicular access to a street, and the area
of drives, aisles and such other provisions required for adequate manoeuvring of vehicle shall be
exclusive of the parking space stipulated in these regulations.
g) To meet the parking requirements as per these regulations, common parking area for group of
buildings, open or multi-storeyed, may be allowed in the same premises
h) In addition to the parking spaces provided for building of Mercantile (Commercial) like office,
market, departmental store, shopping mall and building of industrial and storage, loading and
unloading spaces shall be provided at the rate of one space for each 1000 sq. m. of floor area or
156 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
fraction thereof exceeding the first 200 sq. m. of floor area, shall be provided. The space shall not
be less than 3.75 m. x 7.5 m.
i) Parking lock up garages shall be included in the calculation for floor space for F.S.I.
calculations.
j) The space to be left out for parking as given in this regulation shall be in addition to the marginal
open spaces left out for lighting and ventilation purposes as given in these regulations. Those
spaces may be used for parking provided minimum distance of 3 m.(6.0 m. in case of special
building mentioned in Regulation No.6.2.2.g) around the buildings is kept free of any parking or
loading and unloading spaces excepting the buildings as mentioned in Regulation No.42.2.i
k) In case of parking spaces provided in basements, at least two separate ramps of adequate width
and slope for entry and exit at opposite ends or one ramp with 6.0m meter width shall be
provided(as per Regulation No. 41.12)where parking of motor vehicles is envisaged.
Table No.25
Off Street Parking Spaces
Sr. Occupancy One parking Space for every Congested Area Non Congested Area Visitors
No. Car Scooter Cycle Car Scooter Cycle Parking
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1. Residential (a) 2 Tenements each having carpet area 1 2 2 2 2 2 5%
i) Multifamily residential more than 80sq.m.
(b) 3tenements each having carpetarea 0 3 4 1 4 4 5%
equal to or above 40 sq.m. andupto 80
sq.m.
PART XII
FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
43.2 Lifts
General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:
a) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of 2 h; lifts shall have a vent at the top of area
not less than 0.2 sq.m.
b) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and separated from the shaft by
the floor of the room.
c) Landing doors in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than 1 h.
d) The number of lifts in one row for a lift bank shall not exceed 4 and the total number of lifts in
the bank (of two rows) shall not exceed 8. A wall of 2 h. fire rating shall separate individual
shafts in a bank.
e) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of half an hour.
f) Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid doors with fire resistance
of at least 1 h.
g) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure between 25 and 30
Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive pressure of 50 Pa shall be maintained in the
lift shaft. The mechanism for pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm; it shall
be possible to operate this mechanically also.
h) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through a self-closing
smoke stop door of half an hour fire resistance.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 161
i) Lifts shall not normally communicate with the basement; if, however, lifts are in
communication, the lift lobby of the basements shall be pressurized as in (g), with self-closing
door as in (h)
j) Grounding switch(es), at ground floor level, shall be provided on all the lifts to enable the fire
service to ground the lifts.
k) Telephone or other communication facilities shall be provided in lift cars for building of 30 m.
in height and above. Communication system for lifts shall be connected to fire control room
for the building.
l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby, shall be made to
prevent water used during fire-fighting, etc., at any landing from entering the lift shafts.
m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift indicating that in case
of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless instructed otherwise. The sign shall also contain a
plan for each floor showing the locations of the stairways. Alternate source of power supply
shall be provided for all the lifts through a manually operated changeover switch.
n) Fire Lifts -Following details shall apply for a fire lift :
i) To enable fire services personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum delay, one
fire lift per 1200 sq.m. of floor area shall be provided and shall be available for the
exclusive use of the firemen in an emergency.
ii) The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4 sq.m. It shall have loading capacity of
not less than 545 kg (8 persons lift) with automatic closing doors of minimum 0.8 m.
width.
iii) The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains in a building
and the cables run in a route safe from fire, that is, within the lift shaft. Lights and fans in
the elevators having wooden panelling or sheet steel construction shall be operated on 24
V supply.
iv) Fire-fighting lift should be provided with a ceiling hatch for use in case of emergency, so
that when the car gets stuck up, it shall be easily openable.
v) In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically trip over to alternate
supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply could be done through manually
operated changeover switch. Alternatively, the lift shall be so wired that in case of power
failure, it comes down at the ground level and comes to stand-still with door open.
vi) The operation of a fire lift is by a simple toggle or two-button switch situated in a glass-
fronted box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level. When the switch is on, landing call-
points will become inoperative and the lift will be on car control only or on a priority
control device. When the switch is off, the lift will return to normal working. This lift can
be used by the occupants in normal times.
vii) The words ‘Fire Lift’ shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint on the lift
landing doors at each floor level.
viii) The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach the top floor from ground level
within 1 minute.
43.3 Basements -
i) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional area (aggregate) not
less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly round the perimeter of the basement shall
be provided in the form of grills or breakable stall board lights or pavement lights or by way of
shafts. Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor level and smoke
outlets at basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may be terminated at ground level with stall
162 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
board or pavement lights as before, but ducts to convey fresh air to the basement floor level
have to be laid. Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible to the
fire brigade and clearly marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR INLET’ with an indication of area
served at or near the opening.
ii) The staircase of basements shall be of enclosed type having fire resistance of not less than 2 h
and shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be entered at ground level only from
the open air and in such positions that smoke from any fire in the basement shall not obstruct
any exit serving the ground and upper storeys of the building and shall communicate with
basement through a lobby provided with fire resisting self-closing doors of 1 h resistance. For
travel distance, if the travel distance exceeds as given therein, additional staircases shall be
provided at proper places.
iii) In multi-storey basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but each basement levels
and basement compartment shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts. Ducts so provided
shall have the same fire resistance rating as the compartment itself. Fire rating may be taken as
the required smoke extraction time for smoke extraction ducts.
iv) Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement levels shall also be
provided. The system shall be of such design as to operate on actuation of heat / smoke
sensitive detectors or sprinklers, if installed, and shall have a considerably superior performance
compared to the standard units. It shall also have an arrangement to start it manually.
v) Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that extractors shall
continue to operate and supply fans shall stop automatically with the actuation of fire detectors.
vi) Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per hour in case of fire or
distress call. However, for normal operation, air changes schedule shall be as given in Part 8,
Building Services, Section 3, Air-conditioning, Heating and Mechanical Ventilation of National
Building Code.
vii)Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.
viii)Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of brick masonry or
reinforced cement concrete as far as possible and when this duct crosses the transformer area or
electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be provided.
ix) Use of basements for kitchens working on gas fuel shall not be permitted, unless air
conditioned. The basement shall not be permitted below the ward block of a hospital/nursing
home unless it is fully sprinkled. Building services such as electrical sub-stations, boiler rooms
in basements shall comply with the provisions of the Indian Electricity Act / Rules.
x) If cut-outs are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the atmospheres, all sides cut-
out openings in the basements shall be protected by sprinkler head at close spacing so as to
form a water curtain in the event of a fire.
xi) Openable windows on external wall shall be fitted with such locks that can be opened by a
fireman’s axe.
xii) All floors shall be compartmented with area not exceeding 750 sq.m. by a separation wall with
2 h fire rating, for floors with sprinklers the area may be increased by 50 percent. In long
building, the fire separation walls shall be at distances not exceeding 40 m. For departmental
stores, shopping centres and basements, the area may be reduced to 500 sq.m.
forcompartmentation. Where this is not possible, the spacing of the sprinklers, care should be
taken to prevent spray from one sprinkler impending the performance of an adjacent sprinkler
head.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 163
xiii)It is essential to make provisions for drainage of any such water on all floors to prevent or
minimize water damage of the contents. The drain pipes should be provided on the external wall
for drainage of water from all floors. On large area floors, several such pipes may be necessary
which should be spaced 30 m. apart. Care shall be taken to ensure that the construction of the drain
pipe does not allow spread fire / smoke from floor to floor.
(g) If the licensees agree to provide meters on upper floors, the licensees’ cable shall be
segregated from consumers’ cable by providing a partition in the duct. Meter rooms on upper
floors shall not open into staircase enclosures and shall be ventilated directly to open air
outside; and
(h) Suitable circuit breakers shall be provided at the appropriate points.
43.8 Gas supply shall conform to the following:-
a) Town Gas / L.P.Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings, the same shall be run
in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and these shall be on external walls, away from
the staircases. There shall be no interconnection of this shaft with the rest of the floors. LPG
distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length of these pipes shall be as
short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking range area, apart from providing hood,
covering the entire cooking range, the exhaust system should be designed to take care of 30
cu.m. per minute per sq.m. of hood protected area. It should have grease filters using metallic
grill to trip oil vapours escaping into the fume hood.
Note:- For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may be made to Para.9
‘Plumbing Services, Section 3 Gas Supply’, of National Building Code of India.
b) All wiring in fume hoods shall be of fibreglass insulation. Thermal detectors shall be installed
into fume hoods of large kitchens for hotels, hospitals and similar areas located in high rise
buildings. Arrangements shall be made for automatic tripping of the exhaust fan in case of fire.
If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or 100 V dc operated
with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the hand re-set type and shall be located in an
area segregated from cooking ranges. Valves shall be easily accessible. The hood shall have
manual facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas injection, depending on duty condition; and
c) Gas meters shall be housed in a suitably constructed metal cupboard located in a well ventilated
space, keeping in view the fact that LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.
43.9 ILLUMINATION OF MEANS OF EXIT
Staircase and corridor lights shall conform to the following:
a) The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate circuits and shall be independently
connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation on the ground floor easily
accessible to fire-fighting staff at any time irrespective of the position of the individual control
of the light points, if any. It should be of miniature circuit breaker type of switch so as to
avoid replacement of fuse in case of crisis;
b) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternative supply. The alternative
source of supply may be provided by battery continuously trickle charged from the electric
mains;
c) Suitable arrangements shall be made by installing double throw switches to ensure that the
lighting installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get connected to two sources of
supply simultaneously. Double throw switch shall be installed in the service room for
terminating the stand-by supply.
d) Emergency lights shall be provided in the staircase and corridor; and
e) All wires and other accessories used for emergency light shall have fire retardant property.
43.10 A stand-by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to staircase and corridor lighting
circuits, fire lifts, the stand-by fire pump, pressurisation fans and blowers, smoke extraction and
damper systems in case of failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall be capable of
taking starting current of all the machines and circuits stated above simultaneously. If the stand-by
pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not be connected to the stand-by pump.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 165
o) Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunking to facilitate the cleaning of ducts of
accumulated dust and to obtain access for maintenance of fire dampers.
p) No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to any duct unless such duct is
properly enclosed and protected with non-combustible material (glass wool or spyglass with
neoprene facing enclosed and wrapped with aluminium sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick and
which would not readily conduct heat.
q) Fire Dampers:-
1) These shall be located in conditioned air ducts and return air ducts/ passages at the
following points:
i) At the fire separation wall. ii) Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.
iii) Where the ducts pass though floors.iv) At the inlet of supply air duct and the return
air duct of each compartment on every floor.
2) The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously switch off the air-
handling fans. Manual operation facilities shall also be provided.(Note- For blowers,
where extraction system and duct accumulators are used, dampers shall be provided).
3) Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for buildings more than 24 m in height.
a)For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies / corridors operated by fusible link / smoke
detectors and with manual control. b) For other buildings on operation of smoke detection
system and with manual control.
4) Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged as to close by gravity in the direction of air
movement and to remain tightly closed on operation of a fusible link / smoke detector.
43.13 Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act. Further, the following
additional aspects may be taken into account in the location of boiler room:
a) The boilers shall not be allowed in sub-basement, may be allowed in the basements away from
the escape routes.
b) The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 h fire resistance rating and this room
shall be situated on the periphery of the basement. Catch-pits shall be provided at the low level.
c) Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2 h fire resistance.
d) The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly to the
atmosphere.
e) The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall be separated by fire
resisting wall of 4 h rating. The entrance to this room shall be provided with double composite
doors. A curb of suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of
oil into the boiler room in case of tank rupture.
f) Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building near the ground level to
enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.
43.14 Provision of first-aid and fire-fighting appliances.
The first-aid fire-fighting equipment shall be provided on all floors, including basements lift
rooms, etc. in accordance with good practice in consultation with the Authority.
43.15 Fire alarm system :
i) All buildings with heights of 15 m or above shall be equipped with manually operated electrical
fire alarm (MOEFA) system automatic fire alarm system in accordance with good practice.
However, apartment buildings between 15 m and 30 m in height may be exempted from the
installation of automatic fire alarm system provided the local fire brigade is suitably equipped
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 167
for dealing with fire in a building of 15 m in height or above and in the opinion of the
Authority, such building does not constitute a hazard to the safety of the adjacent property or
occupants of the building itself.
ii) Manually operated electrical fire alarm system shall be installed in a building with one or more
call boxes located at each floor. The call boxes shall conform of good practice.
iii) The installation of call boxes in hostels and such other places where these are likely to be
misused shall as far as possible be provided. Location of call boxes in dwelling units shall
preferably be inside the building.
43.16 Lightening protection of buildings:-
The lightning protection for buildings shall be provided as given in Para.8 ‘Building Services,
Section 2, Electrical Installations’ of National Building Code of India.
43.17 Fire control room:-
For all buildings 15 m in height or above and apartment buildings with a height of 30 m and above,
there shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with communication system
(suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities for receiving the message from different
floors. Details of all floor plans alongwith the details of fire-fighting equipment and installations
shall be maintained in the fire control room. The fire control room shall also have facilities to
detect the fire on any floor through indicator board connections; fire detection and alarm systems
on all floors. The fire staff in-charge of the fire control room shall be responsible for the
maintenance of the various services and fire-fighting equipment and installations in co-ordination
with security, electrical and civil staff of the building.
43.18 Fire officer for hotels, business and mercantile buildings with height more than 30 m
A qualified Fire Officer with experience of not less than 3 years shall be appointed who will be
available on the premises.
The Fire Officer shall:
a) maintain the fire-fighting equipment in good working condition at all times,
b) prepare fire orders and fire operational plans and get them promulgated,
c) impart regular training to the occupants of the buildings in the use of fire-fighting equipments
provided on the premises and keep them informed about the fire emergency evacuation plan,
d) keep proper liaison with City Fire Brigade, and
e) ensure that all fire precautionary measures are observed at the times.
Note: Competent Authority having jurisdiction may insist on compliance of the above rule in case
of buildings having very large areas even if the height is less than 30 m.
43.19 Housekeeping:-
To eliminate fire hazards, good housekeeping, both inside and outside the building, shall be strictly
maintained by the occupants and / or the owner of the building.
43.20 Fire drills and fire orders:-
Fire notices/orders shall be prepared to fulfil the requirements of fire-fighting and evacuation from
the buildings in the event of fire and other emergency. The occupants shall be made thoroughly
conversant with their actions in the event of emergency, by displaying fire notices at vantage points
and through regular training. Such notices should be displayed prominently in broad lettering.
For guidelines for fire drills and evacuation procedures for high-rise buildings, Annexure E
of National Building Code of India may be referred.
168 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
43.21 Compartmentation:-
The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke remain confined to the area
where fire incident has occurred and does not spread to the remaining part of the building.
43.22 Materials for interior decoration / furnishing
The use of materials, which are combustible in nature and may spread toxic fume / gases should
not be used for interior decoration / furnishing, etc.
For various types of occupancies, requirements given in National Building Code, Part IV shall be
followed.
*******
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 169
PART XIII
STRUCTURAL SAFETY, STRUCTURAL DESIGN,STABILITY
44.0 The Buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure structural safety. The structural
design of foundations, elements made of masonry, timber, plain concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-
stressed concrete and structural steel shall be carried out in accordance with Part 6. Structural
design Section 1-Loads, courses and effects, Section 2- Soils and Foundation, Section 3—Timber
and Bamboo, Section 4-Masonry, Section 5-Concrete, Section 6-Steel, Section-7 Prefabrication,
systems building and mixed / composite construction of National Building Code of India, amended
from time to time. Proposed construction shall be as per the norms as specified by Indian Standard
Institute, for the resistance of earthquake, Fire Safety and natural calamities. Certificate to that
effect shall be submitted by the Licensed Structural Engineer of the developer / land owner, along
with the proposal for development permission.
*******
170 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
PART XIV
WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE & SANITARY REQUIREMENTS, OUTDOOR
DISPLAY AND OTHER SERVICES
allied Installations, Section 3 Air Conditioning, heating and mechanical ventilation of National
building Code of India, amended from time to time.
ii)The planning design including the number of lifts, type of lifts, capacity of lifts depending on
occupancy of building; population on each floor based on occupant load, height of building shall
be in accordance with Section - 5 installation of Lifts and Escalators of National Building Code of
India, amended from time to time. In existing buildings, in case of proposal for one additional
floor, existing lift may not be raised to the additional floor.
iii)Maintenance of Lift in working order: The lifts shall be maintained in working order properly.
45.4 WATER SUPPLY, DRAINAGE AND SANITARY REQUIREMENTS.
The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply, drainage and sanitation and
gas supply systems shall be in accordance with the provisions of Part 9 – Plumbing Services-
Section 1 Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation, Section 2 – Gas supply of National Building
Code of India as amended from time to time.
45.4.1 Requirements of water supply in building.
The total requirements of water supply shall be calculated based on the population as given
below:
Table No. 26
Occupancy Basis
Residential Building 5 persons per tenement
Other Buildings No. of persons on occupant load and area of floors
given in Table No.21.
The requirements of water supply for various occupancies shall be as given in Table No.
26,27,28or as specified by the MunicipalCommissioner from time to time.
Table No. 27
PER CAPITA WATER REQUIREMENT OF VARIOUS USES / OCCUPANCIES
Consumption
per head per
Sr.No. Types of Occupancy
day
(in litres)
(1) (2) (3)
RESIDENTIAL
a)In living unit located on plots less than 50 sq.m. 90
1.
b)In living units 135
c)Hotels with lodging accommodation (per bed) 180
EDUCATIONAL
2. a)Day schools 45
b)Boarding schools 135
INSTITUTIONAL (Medical Hospitals)
3.
a)Number of beds not exceeding 100 340
172 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
*The values in parenthesis are for stations where bathing facilities are not provided.
Note : The number of persons for Serial Number (10) to (13) shall be determined by the average
number of passengers handled by the station daily ; due consideration may be given to the staff
and workers likely to use the facilities.
Table No. 28
FLUSHING STORAGE CAPACITIES
Sr.No Classification of Buildings Storage Capacity
For tenements having common
1. 900 litres net per w.c. seat.
convenience.
270 litres for one w.c. seat &180 litres
For residential premises other than
2. for each additional seat in the same
tenements having common convenience.
flat.
900 litres per w.c. seat and 180 litres
3. For factories and workshops.
per urinal seat.
900 litres per w.c. seat & 350 litres per
4. For cinemas, public assembly halls etc.
urinal seat.
ii) Each family dwelling unit on premises (abutting on a sewer or with a private sewage disposal
system) shall have, at least, one water-closet and one kitchen type sink. A bath or shower shall
also be installed to meet the basic requirement of sanitation and personal hygiene.
iii) All other structures for human occupancy or use on premises, abutting on a sewer or with a
private sewage disposal system, shall have adequate sanitary facilities, but in no case less than one
water-closet and one other fixture for cleaning purposes.
b) For Residences
i)Dwelling with individual convenience shall have at least the following fitments:
a) One bathroom provided with a tap and a floor trap,
b) One water-closet with flushing apparatus with an ablution tap; and
c) One tap with a floor trap or a sink in kitchen or wash place.
ii) Dwelling without individual conveniences shall have the following fitments:
a) One water tap with floor trap in each tenement,
b) One water-closet with flushing apparatus and one ablution tap, bath for every two tenements,
and
c) One bath with water tap and floor trap for every two tenements.
c) For Buildings Other than Residences
The requirements for fitments for drainage and sanitation in the case of buildings other than
residences shall be in accordance with Table No. 29 to Table No. 37.The following shall be, in
addition, taken into consideration:
a) The figures shown are based upon one (1) fixture being the minimum required for the number
of persons indicated or part thereof.
b) Building categories not included in the tables shall be considered separately by the
Commissioner.
c) Drinking fountains shall not be installed in the toilets.
d) Where there is the danger of exposure to skin contamination with poisonous, infectious or
irritating material, washbasin with eye wash jet and an emergency shower located in an area
accessible at all times with the passage / right of way suitable for access to a wheel chair, shall
be provided.
e) When applying the provision of these tables for providing the number of fixtures, consideration
shall be given to the accessibility of the fixtures. Using purely numerical basis may not result
in an installation suited to the need of a specific building. For example, schools should be
provided with toilet facilities on each floor. Similarly toilet facilities shall be provided for
temporary workmen employed in any establishment according to the needs; and in any case
one WC and one washbasin shall be provided.
f) All buildings used for human habitation for dwelling work, occupation, medical care or any
purpose detailed in the various tables, abutting a public sewer or a private sewage disposal
system, shall be provided with minimum sanitary facilities as per the schedule in the tables. In
case the disposal facilities are not available, they shall be provided as a part of the building
design for ensuring high standards of sanitary conditions in accordance with this section.
g) Workplaces where crèches are provided, they shall be provided with one WC for 10 persons or
part thereof, one washbasin for 15 persons or part thereof, one kitchen sink with floor tap for
preparing food / milk preparations. The sink provided shall be with a drinking water tap.
h) In all types of buildings, individual toilets and pantry should be provided for executives and for
meeting / seminar / conference rooms, etc. as per the user requirement.
174 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
Table No. 29
Sanitation requirement for shops and commercial offices
Sr.No. Fitments For personnel
(1) (2) (3)
1. Water-closet One for every 25 persons or part thereof exceeding 15 (including
employees and customers). For female personnel, 1 per every 15
persons or part thereof exceeding 10.
2. Drinking water One per every 100 persons with a minimum of one on each floor.
fountain
3. Wash basin One for every 25 persons or part thereof. One of such wash basins on
each floor shall be fixed at height of 80 cm. with tap at 100 cm. above
finished floor level for the use of handicapped disabled, old and
infirm persons.
4. Urinals One for 50 persons or part thereof.
5. Cleaner’s sink One per floor minimum, preferably in or adjacent to sanitary rooms.
Note: Number of customers for the purposes of the above calculations shall be the average number of
persons in the premises for a time interval of one hour during the peak period. For male-female calculation a
ratio of 1:1 may be assumed
Table No. 30
Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy - (Staff Quarters & Hostels)
Sr. Fitments Doctor’s Dormitories Nurse’s
No. For Male Staff For Female Staff Hostel
minimum. minimum.
6. Drinking water 1 per 100 persons or part thereof with a minimum of 1 on each floor.
fountains
.
Table No.31
Sanitation Requirements For Government And Public / Business Occupancies And Offices
Sr. Fitments For Male Personnel For Female
No. Personnel
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1. Water-closet One for every 25 persons or part thereof. One for every 15
persons or part thereof.
2. Ablution taps One in each water closet One in each water
closet
3. Urinals Nil upto 6 persons. One for 7-20 persons, 2 for
21-45 persons, 3 for 46-70 persons, 4 for 71-
100 persons.
From 101 to 200 persons add at the rate of 3
percent. For over 200 persons add at the rate
of 2.5 percent.
4. Wash basin One for every 25 persons or part thereof. One
of such wash basins on each floor shall be
fixed at height of 80 cm. with tap at 100 cm.
above finished floor level for the use of
persons with disabilities, old and infirm
persons.
5. Drinking water One for every 100 persons with a minimum of
fountains. one for each floor.
6. Baths Preferably one on each floor
7. Cleaner’s sinks One per floor minimum preferably in or
adjacent to sanitary rooms.
176 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
Table No.32
Sanitation Requirements For Residence
Dwellings with Individual Dwellings without Individual
Sr.No. Fitments
convenience convenience
(1) (2) (3) (4)
1. Bath room 1 provided with water tap. 1 for each two tenements
2. Water closet 1 1 for each two tenements
Sink (or
3. Nahani) in the 1
floor
From 101 to 200 persons add at
the rate of 3 percent. For over 200
persons at the rate of 2.5 percent.
1 with draining arrangement in
4. Wash tap 1
each tenement.
1 in common bath room and
common water closets.
Table No.33
Sanitation Requirements For Assembly Occupancy Buildings
(Cinemas, Theatres And Auditoria)
TABLE NO.34
SANITATION REQUIREMENTS FOR ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY BUILDINGS - (ART
GALLERIES, LIBRARIES AND MUSEUMS)
FOR PUBLIC FOR STAFF
Sr.
Fitments For
No. For Male For Female For Male
Female
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1. Water- 1 per 200 1 per 100 persons upto 1 for 1-15 1 for 1-12
closet personsupto 400 200 persons persons persons
persons. 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-
persons 25
persons
2. Ablution One in each water One in each water One in each One in
taps closet closet water closet each
water
closet
3. Urinals 1 for 50 persons Nil upto 6
persons 1 for
7-20 persons 2
for 21-45
persons
4. Wash 1 for every 200 One for every 200 1 for 1-15 1 for 1-12
basin persons or part persons or part thereof. persons persons
thereof. For over For over 200 persons 2 for 16-35 2 for 13-
400 persons, add add at the rate of 1 per persons 25
at the rate of 1 150 persons or part persons
per 250 persons thereof. One of such
or part thereof. wash basins on each
floor shall be fixed at
height of 80 cm. with
tap at 100 cm. above
finished floor level for
the use of persons with
disabilities, old and
infirm persons.
5 Drinking 1 per floor, minimum
water
fountains
Note : It may be assumed that two thirds of the number are males and one third females.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 179
TABLE NO.35
SANITATION REQUIREMENTS FOR RESTAURANTS
TABLE NO.36
SANITATION REQUIREMENTS FOR FACTORIES
TABLE NO.37
SANITATION REQUIREMENTS FOR LARGE STATIONS AND AIR-PORTS
Sr. Place WC for Males WC for Females Urinals for
No. Males only
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
1. Junction stations, 3 for first 1000 persons 4 for first 1000 4 for every
intermediate stations and 1 for every persons and 1 for 1000 persons
and bus stations. subsequent 1000 every additional and 1 for
persons or part thereof. 1000 person. every
additional
1000 persons.
2. Terminal stations and 4 for first 1000 persons 5 for first 1000 6 for first
bus terminals and 1 for every persons and 1 for 1000 persons
subsequent 1000 every subsequent and 1 for
persons or part thereof. 2000 persons or every
part thereof. additional
1000 persons
or part thereof.
3. Domestic airports min. 2* 4* 2*
for 200 persons 5 8 6
for 400 persons 9 15 12
for 600 persons 12 20 16
for 800 persons 16 26 20
for 1000 persons 16 29 22
4. International Airports
for 200 persons 6* 10 8
for 600 persons 12 20 16
for 1000 persons 18 26 22
Note 1: Provisions for wash basins, baths including shower stalls, shall be in accordance with
Part IX Section 2 Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of India.
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A-1
FORM FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING OR LAYOUT OF BUILDING / GROUP
HOUSING
Application for permission for development under Section 44 / 58 of The Maharashtra
Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 read with Section 253 of the BPMC Act, 1949.
From _________________
(Name of the owner)
To,
The Municipal Commissioner,
Municipal Corporation, ……
Sir,
I intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site/plot of land, on Plot
No……… Town and Revenue S.No……….City Survey No…………..Mauje …………situated
at Road / Street ………… Society ………….in accordance with Section 44 / 58 of the
Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 read with Section 253 of the BPMC Act,
1949.
I forward herewith the following plans and statements (Item i to ix) wherever applicable,
in quadruplicate, signed by me (Name in block letters) …………..and the Architect / Licensed
Engineer / Structural Engineer / Supervisor, (License No………….), who has prepared the plans,
designs and a copy of other statements /documents as applicable
i) Key Plan (Location Plan), (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
ii) Site Plan showing the surrounding land and existing access to the land proposed to be
developed; (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
iii) A detailed building plan showing the plan, section and elevations of the proposed
development work along with existing structure to be retained/ to be demolished, if any;
iv) Particulars of development in Form enclosed (to be submitted for development other than
individual buildings);
v) Copy of sanctioned layout plan if any;
vi) An extract of record of rights, property register card (any other document showing
ownership of land to be specified) alongwith consent of co-owners where third party
interest is created;
vii) Attested copy of receipt of payment of scrutiny fees;
viii) Latest property tax receipt;
ix) No Objection Certificate(s), wherever required.
I request that the proposed development/ construction may be approved and permission be
accorded to me to execute the work.
Signature of the Licensed / Signature of Owner
Surveyor/Architect Name of Owner
Name
Address of Owner
License No.
Contact No.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 183
I hereby declare that I am the Architect/ licensed Engineer/ Structural Engineer/ Supervisor
employed for the proposed work and that the statements made in this form are true and correct
to the best of my knowledge.
FORM OF STATEMENT 1
(to be printed on plan)
[Sr. No. 8 (a) (iii)]
Existing Building to be retained
Existing Floor No. Plinth Area Total Floor Area Use / Occupancy of
Building No. of Existing Floors.
Building
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
FORM OF STATEMENT 2
(to be printed on plan)
[Sr. No. 11 (h) ]
Area details of Flat / unit
Building Floor Flat / Built up area of Area of Area of Total area
No. No. unit flat / unit along Balcony Double of flat / unit
No. with Share of attached height (4 + 5 + 6)
Common areas to flat / terraces
like staircase / unit attached to
passages flat / unit
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Note :
1) Built up area of all flats / units on the respective floor shall tally with the total built up of
that floor.
2) Above statements may vary, wherever required.
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 189
PROFORMA - I
(At Right Hand top Corner of Plans)
PROPOSED ----------------- COMPLEX ON C.T.S. NO./PLOT Drawing Sheet No.
NO. / S.NO. / F.P.NO.------- OF VILLAGE MAUJE -----
A AREA STATEMENTS
1. Area of plot
(Minimum area of a, b, c to be considered)
a) As per ownership document (7/12, CTS extract)
b) as per measurement sheet
c) as per site
2. Deductions for
(a) Proposed D.P./ D.P. Road widening Area
(b) Any D.P.Reservation area
(a) Natural Water course area
(Total a+b+c)
3. Gross Area of Plot (1-2)
4. Recreational Open space
a) (a) Required
b) (b) Proposed
5. Amenity Space -
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
6. Service road and Highway widening
7. Internal Road area
8. Net Area of Plot = [3 – 5(b)]
[For Basic F.S.I. = 1.00]
9. Built up area with reference to Basic F.S.I. as per front road width
(sr. no. 8 X 1.30)
10. Addition of area for F.S.I.
(a) In-situ area against D.P. road [1.85x sr. no. 2 (a)], if any
(b) In-situ area against Amenity Space [2.00 or 1.85 x sr. no. 5 (b)],
(c) Premium FSI area (subject to maximum of 0.3 of sr. no. 8 )
(d) TDR area
(e) Additional FSI area under chapter VIII
(Total of a+b+c+d+e)
11. Total area available (9+10)
12. Maximum utilization of F.S.I. Permissible as per Road width (as
per Regulation no. 15.4 )
13. Total Built-up Area in proposal. (excluding area at Sr.No.15.b)
190 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
Certificate of Area:
Certified that the plot under reference was surveyed by me on__________ and
the dimensions of sides etc. of plot stated on plan are as measured on site and the area so
worked out tallies with the area stated in document of Ownership/ T.P. Scheme Records/
Land Records Department/City Survey records.
Signature
(Name of Architect/ Licensed Engineer/
Supervisor.)
Owner’s declaration –
I/We undersigned hereby confirm that I/We would abide by plans sanctioned by
______________ Municipal Corporation. I/We would execute the structure as per
sanctioned plans. Also I/We would execute the work under supervision of proper technical
person so as to ensure the quality and safety at the work site.
*******
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 191
APPENDIX A-2
FORM FOR SUB-DIVISION OF LAND AS PLOTTED LAYOUT
Application for permission for development under Section 44 / 58 of The Maharashtra
Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 read with Section 253 of the BPMC Act, 1949.
From …………..(Name of the owner)
To,
The Municipal Commissioner,
Municipal Corporation, ……….
I intend to carry out the under mentioned development in the site/plot of land, bearing
S.No./ Gut No. …………… City Survey No.……………………, Mouje …………………,
situated at Road/ Street ……………………… in accordance with Section 44/58 of The
Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 read with Section 253 of the BPMC
Act, 1949.
I forward herewith the following plans and statements (Item 1 to 6) wherever
applicable, in quadruplicate, signed by me (Name in block letters)
…………………………… and the Architect / Licensed Engineer / Structural Engineer /
Supervisor (License No……………………….), who has prepared the plans, designs and a
copy of other statements /documents as applicable (Items 7 to 10).
(1) Key Plan (Location Plan); (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
(2) Site Plan showing the surrounding land and existing access to the land included in the
layout; (to be shown on first copy of the set of plans)
(3) A layout plan showing,
(i) sub-divisions of the land or plot with dimensions and area of each of the
proposed sub-divisions and its use according to prescribed regulations;
(ii) width of the proposed streets; and
(iii) dimensions and area of recreational open spaces provided in the layout.
(iv) dimensions and area of amenityspace provided in the layout.
(4) An extract of record of rights property register card (any other document
showing ownership of land to be specified) alongwith consent of co-
owners where third party interest is created.
(5) Particulars of development in Form enclosed.
(6) Attested copy of Receipt for payment of scrutiny fees.
(7) No Objection Certificate, wherever required.
I request that the proposed layout may please be approved and permission
accorded to me to execute the work.
Signature of the Licensed / Signature of Owner
Surveyor/Architect Name of Owner
Name Address of Owner
License No.
Contact N
192 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
I hereby declare that I am the Architect/ licensed Engineer employed for the
proposed work and that the statements made in this form are true and correct to the
best of my knowledge.
*******
194 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
PROFORMA - I
(At Right Hand top Corner of Plans)
A AREA STATEMENTS
1. Area of land
(Minimum area of a, b, c to be considered)
a) As per ownership document (7/12, CTS extract)
b) as per measurement sheet
c) as per site
2. Deductions for
(a) Proposed D.P./ D.P. Road widening Area
(b) Any D.P. Reservation area
(c) Natural water course area
(Total a+b)
3. Gross Area of Plot (1-2)
4. Recreational Open space
c) (a) Required -
d) (b) Proposed -
5. Amenity Space
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed -
6. Service road and Highway widening
7. Internal Road area
8. Area under layout plots
9. Net area of plots for FSI Calculations = (3-5b)
10. Permissible FSI factor for layout plots = (9/8)
11. Area for inclusive housing
(a) Required -
(b) Proposed –
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 195
Certificate of Area:
Certified that the plot under reference was surveyed by me on__________ and the
dimensions of sides etc. of plot stated on plan are as measured on site and the area so worked
out tallies with the area stated in document of Ownership/ T.P. Scheme Records/ Land
Records Department/City Survey records.
Signature
(Name of Architect/Licensed Engineer/Supervisor.)
Owner (s) name and signature
Plot Plot Roundin Remaini Built up area Front basic Permissible Built-
no. area g area of ng Plot on pro-rata Road FSI up area on Basic
(sq.m. Road area basis i.e. width FSI
(if any) (b-c) (d x Pro-rata (m.) (e x g) (sq.m.)
(sq.m.) (sq.m.) FSI factor)
APPENDIX 'B'
FORM OF SUPERVISION
To,
The Municipal Commissioner,
Municipal Corporation, ………….
Sir,
Date :
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 197
APPENDIX 'C'
QUALIFICATION, COMPETENCE, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITES ETC. OF
LICENSED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL OR ARCHITECT FOR PREPARATION OF
SCHEMES FOR DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION AND SUPERVISION
C-1 General
C-1.1 The qualifications of the technical personnel and their competence to carry out different jobs for
building permit and supervision for the purpose of licensing by the Authority shall be as given in
Regulation No.C-2 to C-5. The procedure for licensing the technical personnel is given in
Regulation No.C-6.
C-2 ARCHITECT
C-2-2 Competence of Architect: To carry out work related to development permission as given below
and shall be entitled to submit -
(a) All plans and information connected with development permission.
(b) Structural details and calculations for building on plot upto 500 sq. m. and upto 3 storeys or
11m. height and
(c) Certificate of supervision and completion for all buildings.
C-3 ENGINEER
C-3.1 Qualifications-
1)The qualifications for Licensing Engineer will be the corporate membership (Civil) of the
Institution of Engineers or such Degree in Civil or Structural Engineering or equivalent;
2) Diploma in Civil Engineering or equivalent, having experience of 10 years in the field of land
and building planning.
C-3.2 Competence- To carry out work related to development permission as given below and shall
been titled to submit-
(a) All plans and related information connected with development permission.
(b) Structural details and calculations for buildings on plot upto 500 sq.m. andupto 5 storeys or
upto16 mt. height, and
(c) Certificate of supervision and completion for all buildings.
C-4.1 Qualifications
i) for Structural Engineer-1 (SE-1)
a) A degree in Civil Engineering of a recognised Indian or foreign university or associate
membership in the Civil Engineering division of the Institution of Engineers (India) or equivalent
overseas institution;
b) Associate membership in Civil Engineering division of Institution of Engineers (India) or
equivalent overseas institution possessing exceptional merit;
Experience-Minimum 3 years' experience in Structural Design
198 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
C-4.2 Competence
Structural Engineer-1 (SE-1)
(a) Structural details and calculations for building heights upto 16 mt. and
(b) Structural Stability Certificate along with Indemnity Bond for such buildings.
Structural Engineer-2 (SE-2)
(a) Structural details and calculations for building heights above 16mtand upto50 m. and
(b) Structural Stability Certificate along with Indemnity Bond for such buildings.
Structural Engineer-3 (SE-3)
(a) Structural details and calculations for building heights above 50 m. and
(b) Structural Stability Certificate along with Indemnity Bond for such buildings.
C-5 SUPERVISOR:
C-5.1 Qualification
(a)For Supervisor 1 :-
(i) Three years architectural assistantship or intermediate in architecture with two years’
experience, or
(ii) Diploma in Civil engineering or equivalent qualifications with two years’ experience.
(iii) Draftsman in Civil Engineering from ITI or equivalent qualifications with Ten years’
experience out of which five year shall be under Architect/Engineer.
(b) For Supervisor - 2:-
(i) Draftsman in Civil Engineering from ITIor equivalent qualificationswith five years’
experience under Architect / Engineer.
C-5.2 Competence
(a) For Supervisor-1: he shall be entitled to submit -
(i) All plans and related information connected with development permission on plot upto500sq.
m. and upto 2 storeys; and
(ii) Certificate of supervision of buildings on plot upto500 sq. m. and upto 2 storeys and
completion thereof.
(b) For Supervisor-2 : he shall be entitled to submit -
(i) All Plans and related information upto200 sq. m. built up area and upto 2 storeys, and
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 199
(ii) Certificate of supervision for limits at (i) above and completion thereof.
C-6 LICENSING-
C-6.1 Technical Personnel to be licensed:-
The Qualified technical personnel or group as given in regulations; No. C-3, C-4, C-5 shall be
licensed with the authority and the license shall be valid for three calendar years ending
31STDecember after which it shall be renewed annually or every three years.
C-6.2 Fees for Licensing- The annual licensing fees shall be as follows:-
For Engineer and structural Engineer 1000 p.a.
For supervisor (1) 1000 p. a.
For supervisor (2) 500 p. a
The Municipal Commissioner may revise above fees from time to time, if necessary.
C-6.3 Duties and Responsibilities of Architects / Licensed Technical Personnel:
The duties and responsibilities of architects / licensed technical personnel shall be as follows:-
(1) It will be incumbent on every architect / licensed technical personnel, in all matters in which
he may be professionally consulted or engaged, to assist and co-operate with the Municipal
Commissioner and other Officers in carrying out and enforcing the provisions of Maharashtra
Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966 and of any regulations for the time being in force under the
same.
(2) Every architect / licensed technical personnel shallbe responsible, for due compliance with the
provisions of Maharashtra Regional & Town Planning Act, 1966 and the BPMC Act, 1949 and of
any regulations for the time being in force under the said Act,It shall be obligatory on him to
satisfy himself that a qualified and competent Maistry or Inspector of Works is constantly
employed and present on the work to supervise the execution of all work and to prevent the use of
any defective material therein and the improper execution of any such work.
(3)Every architect / licensed technical personnel shall be responsible for carrying out work
according to sanctioned plan.
(4) Every architect / licensed technical personnel shall be responsible for correctness of the
calculations and dimensions mentioned on the plan and shall be liable for consequences arising
thereof.
(5) Architect / licensed technical personnel shall not involve himself in any unauthorised
development. He shall also make aware the client about legal provisions in respect of proposed
development and consequences thereof.
(6) When an architect / licensed technical personnel cease to be in the employment for the
development work, he shall report the fact forthwith to the Municipal Commissioner.
*******
200 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
APPENDIX 'D-1'
FORM FOR SANCTION OF BUILDING PERMISSION AND
COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE
To,
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
Sir,
With reference to your application No ___________________,dated
________________ for the grant of sanction of Commencement Certificate under Section 44 of
The Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 read with Section 253 of the BPMC
Act, 1949 to carry out development work / Building on Plot No_______________ Revenue
Survey No_______________, City Survey No_________________,
mauja___________________ situated at Road /Street_______________, Society ___________
the Commencement Certificate/Building Permit is granted under Section 45 of the said Act,
subject to the following conditions:
1. The land vacated in consequence of the enforcement of the set-back rule shall form part of
the public street.
2. No new building or part thereof shall be occupied or allowed to be occupied or used or
permitted to be used by any person until occupancy permission has been granted.
3. You will have to handover the amenity space to the Corporation before approval of final
layout as per Regulation no.13.4. (wherever applicable)
4. You will have to submit an undertaking in respect of recreational open spaces as stipulated
in Regulation. (wherever applicable)
5. The Commencement Certificate/ Building permit shall remain valid for a period of one
year commencing from the date of its issue unless the work is not commenced within the
valid period.
6. This permission does not entitle you to develop the land which does not vest in you.
7. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office No.
Office Stamp
Date :
Yours faithfully,
APPENDIX 'D-2'
FORM FOR TENTATIVE APPROVAL FOR DEMARCATION OF LAND / SUB-
DIVISION LAYOUT
To,
----------------------------------------------
Sir,
With reference to your application No ___________________,dated
________________ for the land sub-division approval, under Section 44 of The Maharashtra
Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966 read with Section 253 of the BPMC Act, 1949 to carry
out development work in respect of land bearing Revenue Survey No_______________, City
Survey No_________________, mauje____________ situated at Road
/Street_______________, Society ___________, it is to inform you that, land sub-division
layout is hereby tentatively approved and recommended for demarcation, subject to the
following conditions:
1. You will get the land sub-division layout demarcated on the site by the Land Records
Department and submit the certified copy to that effect for final approval.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the owner to carry out all the development work including
construction of roads, sewer lines, water supply lines, culverts, bridges, street lighting, etc.
and hand it over to the Municipal Corporation after developing them to the satisfaction of
the Municipal Commissioner.
3. If you wish that the Municipal Corporation has to carry out these development works, then
you will have to deposit the estimated expenses to the Municipal Corporation in advance,
as decided by the Municipal Commissioner.
4. You will have to handover the amenity space to the Corporation before approval of final
layout as per Regulation no.13.4. (applicable in case where owner is not allowed to
develop)
5. You will have to submit an undertaking in respect of recreational open spaces as stipulated
in Regulation.
6. This permission does not entitle you to develop the land which does not
vest in you.
7. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office No.
Office Stamp
Yours faithfully,
APPENDIX 'D-3'
FORM FOR FINAL APPROVAL TO THE LAND SUB-DIVISION / LAYOUT
To,
____________________________
____________________________
____________________________
Sir,
Municipal Commissioner, ……
or an officer appointed by him
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 203
APPENDIX 'E-1'
To,
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
Sir,
With reference to your application No. ________________dated _______________ for the grant
of sanction
for the development work / the erection of a building / execution of work on Plot No. _________,
Revenue
Survey No._____, City Survey No.________________, mauje____________________, I regret to
inform
you that the proposal has been refused under Section 45 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town
Planning Act,
1966, on the following grounds.
1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office Stamp
Yours faithfully,
Municipal Commissioner,………..
or an officer appointed by him
204 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
APPENDIX 'E-2'
To,
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
Sir,
With reference to your application No. ________________dated _______________ for the grant
of sanction for the development work bearing Revenue Survey No._____, City Survey
No.________________, mauje_______________, I regret to inform you that the proposal has
been refused under Section 45 of the Maharashtra Regional and Town Planning Act, 1966, on the
following grounds.
1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Office Stamp
Yours faithfully,
APPENDIX ‘F’
To,
The Municipal Commissioner,
___________ Municipal Corporation
Sir,
The construction up to plinth / column up to plinth level has been completed in Building
No ______________Plot No ______________, Revenue Survey No.____________, City Survey
No.________________, Village______________SectorNo.________Ward No.____________,
situated at Road/Street ________________,Society____________ in accordance with your
permission No _________ dated ___________________ under my supervision and in accordance
with the sanctioned plan.
Please check the completed work and permit me to proceed with the rest of the work.
Yours faithfully
APPENDIX ‘G’
To,
_________________
_________________
_________________
Sir,
Please refer to your intimation No _____________________ dated
_____________________ regarding the completion of construction work upto plinth / column
upto plinth level in Building No _______________ Plot No ____, Revenue Survey
No.____________, City Survey No.________________,
Village______________SectorNo.________WardNo.____________,situated at Road/Street
________________,Society______________ You may proceed / are not allowed to proceed with
the further work as per sanctioned plans / as the construction upto plinth level does / does not
confirm to the sanctioned plans.
Yours faithfully,
Municipal Commissioner,
_________Municipal Corporation
APPENDIX 'H'
To,
The Municipal Commissioner,
………Municipal Corporation
Sir,
I hereby certify that the erection / re-erection or part/ full development work in / on building / part
building No ___________ Plot No _________, Revenue Survey No.____________, City Survey
No.________________, mauje____________________, has been supervised by me and has been
completed on ________________ according to the plans sanctioned, vide office communication
No _____________ dated ______________. The work has been completed to the best of my
satisfaction. The workmanship and all the materials (type and grade) have been strictly in
accordance with general and detailed specifications. No provisions of the Act or the building
Regulations, no requisitions made, conditions prescribed or orders issued there under have been
transgressed in the course of the work. I am enclosing three copies of the completion plans. The
building is fit for occupancy for which it has been erected/ re-erected or altered, constructed and
enlarged.
I have to request you to arrange for the inspection & grant permission for the occupation of the
building.
Yours faithfully,
Encl: As above.
Date :
(Signature of Owner)
208 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
APPENDIX 'I'
To,
i) Owner:
Sir,
The part / full development work / erection re-erection / or alteration in of building / part building
No _________________ Plot No _________, Revenue Survey No.____________, City Survey
No.________________, mauje______________, completed under the supervision of
___________________________________________ Architect, Licensed Engineer/ Structural
Engineer /
Supervisor, / License No_______________________ may be occupied on the following
conditions-
1. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Encl : As above.
Yours faithfully,
Municipal Commissioner……,
or an officer appointed by him ….
¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938 209
APPENDIX 'J'
To,
i) Owner:
Sir,
The part / full development work / erection re-erection / or alteration in of building / part building
No_____________ Plot No _________, Revenue Survey No. ____________, City Survey
No.________________, mauje______________, completed under the supervision of
___________________________________________ Architect, Licensed Engineer/ Structural
Engineer /
Supervisor, / License No___________ is not allowed to be occupied because of the following
reasons –
1. The construction carried out by you does not conform to the sanctioned plans.
2. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A set of completion plan is retained with the Municipal Council and remaining sets are regretfully
returned herewith.
Encl : As above.
Yours faithfully,
Municipal Commissioner……,
or an officer appointed by him
210 ¨É½þÉ®úɹ]Åõ ¶ÉɺÉxÉ ®úÉVÉ{ÉjÉ, ¦ÉÉMÉ BEò--+-¨ÉvªÉ ={É-ʴɦÉÉMÉ, MÉÖ¯û´ÉÉ®ú iÉä ¤ÉÖvÉ´ÉÉ®ú, ºÉ{]åõ¤É®úú 29-+ÉìC]õÉä¤É®ú 5, 2016/+ÉÊ·ÉxÉ 7-13, ¶ÉEäò 1938
APPENDIX 'K'
FORM OF INDEMNITY FOR PART OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE
(On Stamp Paper Of such value as decided by the Municipal Commissioner.)
To,
Municipal Commissioner,
…….. Municipal Corporation.
Subject:-
Sir,
While thanking you for letting me occupy a portion of the above building before acceptance of the
Completion Certificate of the whole building for the plans approved in communication
No……….., dated___________ I hereby indemnify the Municipal Corporation against any risk,
damage and danger which may occur to occupants and users of the said portion of the building
and also undertake to take necessary security measures for their safety. This undertaking will be
binding on me /us, our heirs, administrators and our assignees.
Yours faithfully,
Witness:
Address:
Date:
This notification shall also be made available on the Government website
www.maharashtra.gov.in (कायदे /िनयम).
SANJAY SAOJI,
Under Secretary to Government .
ON BEHALF OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING, STATIONERY AND PUBLICATION, PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY SHRI PARSHURAM JAGANNATH GOSAVI,
PRINTED AT GOVERNMENT CENTRAL PRESS, 21-A, NETAJI SUBHASH ROAD, CHARNI ROAD, MUMBAI 400 004 AND PUBLISHED AT DIRECTORATE OF
GOVERNMENT PRINTING, STATIONERY AND PUBLICATION, 21-A, NETAJI SUBHASH ROAD, CHARNI ROAD, MUMBAI 400 004, EDITOR : SHRI PARSHURAM
JAGANNATH GOSAVI.